1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. 4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. 5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception 6 // 7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 8 // 9 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 10 // 11 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 12 13 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 14 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/NonTrivialTypeVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false, 68 bool AllowTemplates = false, 69 bool AllowNonTemplates = true) 70 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 71 AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) { 72 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 73 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 74 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 75 } 76 77 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 78 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 79 if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl()) 80 return false; 81 82 if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND)) 83 return AllowTemplates; 84 85 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 86 if (!IsType) 87 return false; 88 89 if (AllowNonTemplates) 90 return true; 91 92 // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid 93 // as a template or as a non-template. 94 if (AllowTemplates) { 95 auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND); 96 if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName()) 97 return false; 98 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext()); 99 return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() || 100 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD); 101 } 102 103 return false; 104 } 105 106 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 107 } 108 109 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { 110 return std::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(*this); 111 } 112 113 private: 114 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 115 bool WantClassName; 116 bool AllowTemplates; 117 bool AllowNonTemplates; 118 }; 119 120 } // end anonymous namespace 121 122 /// Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 123 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 124 switch (Kind) { 125 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 126 // token kind is a valid type specifier 127 case tok::kw_short: 128 case tok::kw_long: 129 case tok::kw___int64: 130 case tok::kw___int128: 131 case tok::kw_signed: 132 case tok::kw_unsigned: 133 case tok::kw_void: 134 case tok::kw_char: 135 case tok::kw_int: 136 case tok::kw_half: 137 case tok::kw_float: 138 case tok::kw_double: 139 case tok::kw__Float16: 140 case tok::kw___float128: 141 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 142 case tok::kw_bool: 143 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 144 case tok::kw___auto_type: 145 return true; 146 147 case tok::annot_typename: 148 case tok::kw_char16_t: 149 case tok::kw_char32_t: 150 case tok::kw_typeof: 151 case tok::annot_decltype: 152 case tok::kw_decltype: 153 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 154 155 case tok::kw_char8_t: 156 return getLangOpts().Char8; 157 158 default: 159 break; 160 } 161 162 return false; 163 } 164 165 namespace { 166 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 167 NotFound, 168 FoundNonType, 169 FoundType 170 }; 171 } // end anonymous namespace 172 173 /// Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 174 /// dependent class. 175 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 176 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 177 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 178 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 179 SourceLocation NameLoc, 180 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 181 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 182 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 183 // Look for type decls in base classes. 184 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 185 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 186 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 187 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 188 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 189 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 190 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 191 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 192 // templates. 193 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 194 continue; 195 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 196 if (!TD) 197 continue; 198 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 199 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 200 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 201 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 202 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 203 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 204 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 205 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 206 BaseRD = PS; 207 } 208 } 209 } 210 if (BaseRD) { 211 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 212 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 213 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 214 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 215 } 216 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 217 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 218 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 219 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 220 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 221 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 222 break; 223 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 224 break; 225 } 226 } 227 } 228 } 229 230 return FoundTypeDecl; 231 } 232 233 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 234 const IdentifierInfo &II, 235 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 236 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 237 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 238 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 239 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 240 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 241 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 242 DC = DC->getParent()) { 243 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 244 // templates. 245 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 246 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 247 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 248 } 249 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 250 return nullptr; 251 252 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 253 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 254 // lookup during template instantiation. 255 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 256 257 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 258 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 259 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 260 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 261 262 CXXScopeSpec SS; 263 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 264 265 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 266 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 267 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 268 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 269 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 270 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 271 } 272 273 /// If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 274 /// return the declaration of that type. 275 /// 276 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 277 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 278 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 279 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 280 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 281 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 282 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 283 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 284 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 285 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 286 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 287 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext, 288 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 289 // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension. 290 bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext && 291 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 292 !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot; 293 294 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 295 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 296 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 297 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 298 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 299 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 300 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 301 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 302 303 if (!LookupCtx) { 304 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 305 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 306 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 307 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 308 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 309 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 310 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 311 // 312 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 313 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 314 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 315 return nullptr; 316 317 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 318 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 319 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 320 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 321 322 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 323 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 324 II, NameLoc); 325 return ParsedType::make(T); 326 } 327 328 return nullptr; 329 } 330 331 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 332 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 333 return nullptr; 334 } 335 336 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 337 // lookup for class-names. 338 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 339 LookupOrdinaryName; 340 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 341 if (LookupCtx) { 342 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 343 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 344 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 345 // nested-name-specifier. 346 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 347 348 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 349 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 350 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 351 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 352 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 353 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 354 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 355 LookupName(Result, S); 356 } 357 } else { 358 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 359 LookupName(Result, S); 360 361 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 362 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 363 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 364 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 365 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 366 return TypeInBase; 367 } 368 } 369 370 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 371 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 372 case LookupResult::NotFound: 373 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 374 if (CorrectedII) { 375 TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/true, isClassName, 376 AllowDeducedTemplate); 377 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, 378 S, SS, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery); 379 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 380 TemplateTy Template; 381 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 382 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 383 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 384 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 385 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 386 if (SS && NNS) { 387 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 388 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 389 } 390 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 391 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 392 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 393 // is handled elsewhere). 394 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 395 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 396 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 397 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 398 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 399 IsCtorOrDtorName, 400 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 401 IsClassTemplateDeductionContext); 402 if (Ty) { 403 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 404 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 405 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 406 if (SS && NNS) 407 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 408 *CorrectedII = NewII; 409 return Ty; 410 } 411 } 412 } 413 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 414 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 415 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 416 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 417 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 418 return nullptr; 419 420 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 421 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 422 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 423 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 424 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 425 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 426 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 427 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 428 return nullptr; 429 } 430 431 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 432 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 433 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 434 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) || 435 (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) { 436 if (!IIDecl || 437 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 438 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 439 IIDecl = *Res; 440 } 441 } 442 443 if (!IIDecl) { 444 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 445 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 446 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 447 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 448 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 449 // a type name. 450 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 451 return nullptr; 452 } 453 454 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 455 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 456 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 457 // perform the name lookup again. 458 break; 459 460 case LookupResult::Found: 461 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 462 break; 463 } 464 465 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 466 467 QualType T; 468 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 469 // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name 470 // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class. 471 // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name. 472 auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx); 473 auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD); 474 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD && 475 FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() && 476 declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent()))) 477 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor) 478 << &II << /*Type*/1; 479 480 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 481 482 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 483 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 484 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 485 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 486 if (!HasTrailingDot) 487 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 488 } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) { 489 if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) 490 T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD), 491 QualType(), false); 492 } 493 494 if (T.isNull()) { 495 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 496 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 497 return nullptr; 498 } 499 500 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 501 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 502 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 503 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 504 !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 505 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 506 // Construct a type with type-source information. 507 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 508 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 509 510 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 511 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 512 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 513 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 514 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 515 } else { 516 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 517 } 518 } 519 520 return ParsedType::make(T); 521 } 522 523 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 524 static NestedNameSpecifier * 525 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 526 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 527 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 528 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 529 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 530 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 531 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 532 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 533 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 534 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 535 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 536 } 537 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 538 } 539 540 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 541 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 542 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 543 /// correctly rejects. 544 static const CXXRecordDecl * 545 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 546 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 547 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 548 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 549 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 550 return MD->getParent(); 551 } 552 return nullptr; 553 } 554 555 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 556 SourceLocation NameLoc, 557 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 558 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 559 560 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 561 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 562 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 563 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 564 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 565 // lookup is retried. 566 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 567 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 568 // name specifiers. 569 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 570 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 571 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 572 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 573 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 574 // instantiation time. 575 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 576 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 577 578 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 579 // template instantiation. 580 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 581 << RD; 582 } else { 583 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 584 return ParsedType(); 585 } 586 587 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 588 589 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 590 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 591 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 592 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 593 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 594 595 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 596 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 597 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 598 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 599 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 600 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 601 } 602 603 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 604 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 605 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 606 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 607 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 608 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 609 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 610 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 611 LookupName(R, S, false); 612 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 613 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 614 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 615 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 616 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 617 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 618 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 619 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 620 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 621 } 622 } 623 624 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 625 } 626 627 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 628 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 629 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 630 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 631 /// @code 632 /// template<class T> class A { 633 /// public: 634 /// typedef int TYPE; 635 /// }; 636 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 637 /// public: 638 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 639 /// }; 640 /// @endcode 641 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 642 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 643 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 644 return true; 645 646 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 647 648 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 649 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 650 if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 651 return true; 652 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 653 } 654 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 655 } 656 657 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 658 SourceLocation IILoc, 659 Scope *S, 660 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 661 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 662 bool IsTemplateName) { 663 // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders. 664 if (II->isEditorPlaceholder()) 665 return; 666 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 667 SuggestedType = nullptr; 668 669 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 670 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 671 TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/false, /*WantClass=*/false, 672 /*AllowTemplates=*/IsTemplateName, 673 /*AllowNonTemplates=*/!IsTemplateName); 674 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 675 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 676 CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 677 // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case. 678 bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName; 679 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 680 // We corrected to a keyword. 681 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 682 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 683 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 684 << II); 685 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 686 } else { 687 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 688 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 689 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 690 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 691 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 692 << II, CanRecover); 693 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 694 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 695 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 696 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 697 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 698 PDiag(IsTemplateName 699 ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest 700 : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 701 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(), 702 CanRecover); 703 } else { 704 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 705 } 706 707 if (!CanRecover) 708 return; 709 710 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 711 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 712 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 713 SourceRange(IILoc)); 714 // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here. 715 SuggestedType = 716 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 717 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 718 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 719 /*WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 720 } 721 return; 722 } 723 724 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) { 725 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 726 UnqualifiedId Name; 727 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 728 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 729 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 730 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 731 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 732 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 733 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 734 diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateResult.get(), IILoc); 735 return; 736 } 737 } 738 739 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 740 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 741 742 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 743 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template 744 : diag::err_unknown_typename) 745 << II; 746 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 747 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template 748 : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 749 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 750 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 751 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 752 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 753 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 754 755 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 756 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 757 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 758 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 759 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 760 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 761 } else { 762 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 763 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 764 } 765 } 766 767 /// Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 768 /// or 769 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 770 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 771 NextToken.is(tok::less); 772 773 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 774 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 775 return true; 776 777 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 778 return true; 779 } 780 781 return false; 782 } 783 784 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 785 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 786 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 787 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 788 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 789 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 790 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 791 StringRef FixItTagName; 792 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 793 case TTK_Class: 794 FixItTagName = "class "; 795 break; 796 797 case TTK_Enum: 798 FixItTagName = "enum "; 799 break; 800 801 case TTK_Struct: 802 FixItTagName = "struct "; 803 break; 804 805 case TTK_Interface: 806 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 807 break; 808 809 case TTK_Union: 810 FixItTagName = "union "; 811 break; 812 } 813 814 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 815 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 816 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 817 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 818 819 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 820 I != IEnd; ++I) 821 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 822 << Name << TagName; 823 824 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 825 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 826 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 827 return true; 828 } 829 830 return false; 831 } 832 833 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 834 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 835 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 836 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 837 838 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 839 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 840 841 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 842 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 843 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 844 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 845 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 846 } 847 848 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 849 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 850 SourceLocation NameLoc, 851 const Token &NextToken, 852 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 853 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 854 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 855 856 assert(NextToken.isNot(tok::coloncolon) && 857 "parse nested name specifiers before calling ClassifyName"); 858 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() && 859 isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) { 860 // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the 861 // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that. 862 // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser 863 // will reject it later. 864 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 865 } 866 867 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 868 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 869 870 if (SS.isInvalid()) 871 return NameClassification::Error(); 872 873 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 874 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 875 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 876 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 877 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 878 return TypeInBase; 879 } 880 881 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 882 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 883 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 884 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 885 if (SS.isEmpty() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 886 DeclResult Ivar = LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name); 887 if (Ivar.isInvalid()) 888 return NameClassification::Error(); 889 if (Ivar.isUsable()) 890 return NameClassification::NonType(cast<NamedDecl>(Ivar.get())); 891 892 // We defer builtin creation until after ivar lookup inside ObjC methods. 893 if (Result.empty()) 894 LookupBuiltin(Result); 895 } 896 897 bool SecondTry = false; 898 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 899 900 Corrected: 901 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 902 case LookupResult::NotFound: 903 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 904 // call. 905 if (SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 906 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 907 // FIXME: Reference? 908 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 909 return NameClassification::UndeclaredNonType(); 910 911 // C90 6.3.2.2: 912 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 913 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 914 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 915 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 916 // the function call, the declaration 917 // 918 // extern int identifier (); 919 // 920 // appeared. 921 // 922 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 923 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) 924 return NameClassification::NonType(D); 925 } 926 927 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a && SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::less)) { 928 // In C++20 onwards, this could be an ADL-only call to a function 929 // template, and we're required to assume that this is a template name. 930 // 931 // FIXME: Find a way to still do typo correction in this case. 932 TemplateName Template = 933 Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName()); 934 return NameClassification::UndeclaredTemplate(Template); 935 } 936 937 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 938 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 939 // "struct", or "union". 940 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 941 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 942 break; 943 } 944 945 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 946 // close to this name. 947 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 948 SecondTry = true; 949 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 950 CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Result.getLookupKind(), S, 951 &SS, *CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 952 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 953 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 954 955 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 956 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 957 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 958 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 959 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 960 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 961 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 962 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 963 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 964 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 965 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 966 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 967 } 968 969 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 970 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 971 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 972 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 973 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 974 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 975 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 976 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 977 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 978 } 979 980 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 981 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 982 983 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 984 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 985 return Name; 986 987 // Also update the LookupResult... 988 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 989 Result.clear(); 990 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 991 if (FirstDecl) 992 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 993 994 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 995 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 996 // reference the ivar. 997 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 998 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 999 DeclResult R = 1000 LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()); 1001 if (R.isInvalid()) 1002 return NameClassification::Error(); 1003 if (R.isUsable()) 1004 return NameClassification::NonType(Ivar); 1005 } 1006 1007 goto Corrected; 1008 } 1009 } 1010 1011 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 1012 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1013 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1014 1015 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 1016 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 1017 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 1018 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 1019 1020 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 1021 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 1022 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 1023 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 1024 // qualified by the keyword typename. 1025 // 1026 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 1027 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 1028 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 1029 // keyword here. 1030 return NameClassification::DependentNonType(); 1031 } 1032 1033 case LookupResult::Found: 1034 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 1035 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 1036 break; 1037 1038 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 1039 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1040 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, 1041 /*AllowDependent=*/false)) { 1042 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 1043 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 1044 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 1045 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 1046 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 1047 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 1048 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 1049 // ambiguous. 1050 // 1051 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 1052 // so try again after filtering out template names. 1053 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1054 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 1055 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 1056 break; 1057 } 1058 } 1059 1060 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 1061 return NameClassification::Error(); 1062 } 1063 1064 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1065 (IsFilteredTemplateName || 1066 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames( 1067 Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, 1068 /*AllowDependent=*/false, 1069 /*AllowNonTemplateFunctions*/ SS.isEmpty() && 1070 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a))) { 1071 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 1072 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 1073 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 1074 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 1075 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 1076 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 1077 // C++2a [temp.names]p2: 1078 // A name is also considered to refer to a template if it is an 1079 // unqualified-id followed by a < and name lookup finds either one 1080 // or more functions or finds nothing. 1081 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 1082 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1083 1084 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 1085 bool IsVarTemplate; 1086 TemplateName Template; 1087 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 1088 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1089 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 1090 Result.end()); 1091 } else if (!Result.empty()) { 1092 auto *TD = cast<TemplateDecl>(getAsTemplateNameDecl( 1093 *Result.begin(), /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, 1094 /*AllowDependent=*/false)); 1095 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 1096 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 1097 1098 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1099 Template = 1100 Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 1101 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, TD); 1102 else 1103 Template = TemplateName(TD); 1104 } else { 1105 // All results were non-template functions. This is a function template 1106 // name. 1107 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1108 Template = Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName()); 1109 } 1110 1111 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1112 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1113 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1114 // to based on which function we selected. 1115 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1116 1117 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1118 } 1119 1120 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1121 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1122 } 1123 1124 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1125 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1126 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1127 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1128 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1129 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1130 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1131 return ParsedType::make(T); 1132 } 1133 1134 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1135 if (!Class) { 1136 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1137 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1138 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1139 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1140 } 1141 1142 if (Class) { 1143 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1144 1145 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1146 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1147 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1148 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1149 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1150 } 1151 1152 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1153 return ParsedType::make(T); 1154 } 1155 1156 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1157 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 1158 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1159 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1160 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1161 1162 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1163 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1164 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1165 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1166 (NextIsOp && 1167 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1168 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1169 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1170 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1171 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1172 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1173 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1174 return ParsedType::make(T); 1175 } 1176 1177 // FIXME: This is context-dependent. We need to defer building the member 1178 // expression until the classification is consumed. 1179 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1180 return NameClassification::ContextIndependentExpr( 1181 BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, nullptr, 1182 S)); 1183 1184 // If we already know which single declaration is referenced, just annotate 1185 // that declaration directly. 1186 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1187 if (Result.isSingleResult() && !ADL) 1188 return NameClassification::NonType(Result.getRepresentativeDecl()); 1189 1190 // Build an UnresolvedLookupExpr. Note that this doesn't depend on the 1191 // context in which we performed classification, so it's safe to do now. 1192 return NameClassification::ContextIndependentExpr( 1193 BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL)); 1194 } 1195 1196 ExprResult 1197 Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType(IdentifierInfo *Name, 1198 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 1199 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL-only call in C?"); 1200 CXXScopeSpec SS; 1201 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1202 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 1203 } 1204 1205 ExprResult 1206 Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1207 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1208 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1209 bool IsAddressOfOperand) { 1210 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 1211 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 1212 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 1213 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 1214 } 1215 1216 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1217 NamedDecl *Found, 1218 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1219 const Token &NextToken) { 1220 if (getCurMethodDecl() && SS.isEmpty()) 1221 if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl())) 1222 return BuildIvarRefExpr(S, NameLoc, Ivar); 1223 1224 // Reconstruct the lookup result. 1225 LookupResult Result(*this, Found->getDeclName(), NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1226 Result.addDecl(Found); 1227 Result.resolveKind(); 1228 1229 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1230 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1231 } 1232 1233 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics 1234 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) { 1235 auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 1236 if (!TD) 1237 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1238 if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1239 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate; 1240 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1241 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate; 1242 if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1243 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate; 1244 if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1245 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate; 1246 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD)) 1247 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam; 1248 if (isa<ConceptDecl>(TD)) 1249 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::Concept; 1250 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1251 } 1252 1253 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1254 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1255 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1256 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1257 1258 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1259 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1260 // the context we'll need to return to. 1261 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1262 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1263 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1264 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1265 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1266 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1267 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1268 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1269 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1270 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1271 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1272 1273 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1274 // lexical context. 1275 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1276 return DC; 1277 1278 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1279 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1280 // class is the context we need to return to. 1281 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1282 DC = RD; 1283 1284 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1285 // declared in. 1286 return DC; 1287 } 1288 1289 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1290 } 1291 1292 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1293 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1294 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1295 CurContext = DC; 1296 S->setEntity(DC); 1297 } 1298 1299 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1300 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1301 1302 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1303 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1304 } 1305 1306 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1307 Decl *D) { 1308 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1309 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1310 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1311 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1312 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1313 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1314 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1315 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1316 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1317 return Result; 1318 } 1319 1320 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1321 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1322 } 1323 1324 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1325 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1326 /// 1327 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1328 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1329 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1330 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1331 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1332 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1333 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1334 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1335 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1336 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1337 // namespace. 1338 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1339 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1340 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1341 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1342 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1343 1344 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1345 1346 #ifndef NDEBUG 1347 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1348 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1349 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1350 #endif 1351 1352 CurContext = DC; 1353 S->setEntity(DC); 1354 } 1355 1356 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1357 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1358 1359 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1360 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1361 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1362 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1363 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1364 1365 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1366 // disappear. 1367 } 1368 1369 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1370 // We assume that the caller has already called 1371 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1372 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1373 if (!FD) 1374 return; 1375 1376 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1377 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1378 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1379 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1380 CurContext = FD; 1381 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1382 1383 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1384 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1385 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1386 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1387 S->AddDecl(Param); 1388 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1389 } 1390 } 1391 } 1392 1393 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1394 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1395 // rather than the top-level class. 1396 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1397 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1398 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1399 } 1400 1401 /// Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1402 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1403 /// 1404 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1405 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1406 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1407 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1408 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1409 /// attribute. 1410 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1411 ASTContext &Context, 1412 const FunctionDecl *New) { 1413 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1414 return true; 1415 1416 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1417 return true; 1418 1419 return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found && 1420 (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 1421 New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1422 } 1423 1424 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1425 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1426 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1427 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1428 // scope. 1429 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1430 S = S->getParent(); 1431 1432 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1433 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1434 // into any context. 1435 if (AddToContext) 1436 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1437 1438 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1439 // are function-local declarations. 1440 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1441 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1442 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1443 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1444 return; 1445 1446 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1447 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1448 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1449 return; 1450 1451 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1452 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1453 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1454 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1455 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1456 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1457 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1458 1459 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1460 break; 1461 } 1462 } 1463 1464 S->AddDecl(D); 1465 1466 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1467 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1468 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1469 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1470 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1471 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1472 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1473 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1474 continue; 1475 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1476 break; 1477 } 1478 1479 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1480 } else { 1481 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1482 } 1483 } 1484 1485 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1486 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1487 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1488 } 1489 1490 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1491 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1492 do { 1493 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1494 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1495 return S; 1496 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1497 1498 return nullptr; 1499 } 1500 1501 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1502 DeclContext*, 1503 ASTContext&); 1504 1505 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1506 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1507 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1508 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1509 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1510 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1511 while (F.hasNext()) { 1512 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1513 1514 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1515 continue; 1516 1517 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1518 continue; 1519 1520 F.erase(); 1521 } 1522 1523 F.done(); 1524 } 1525 1526 /// We've determined that \p New is a redeclaration of \p Old. Check that they 1527 /// have compatible owning modules. 1528 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) { 1529 // FIXME: The Modules TS is not clear about how friend declarations are 1530 // to be treated. It's not meaningful to have different owning modules for 1531 // linkage in redeclarations of the same entity, so for now allow the 1532 // redeclaration and change the owning modules to match. 1533 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() && 1534 Old->getOwningModuleForLinkage() != New->getOwningModuleForLinkage()) { 1535 New->setLocalOwningModule(Old->getOwningModule()); 1536 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(New); 1537 return false; 1538 } 1539 1540 Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule(); 1541 Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule(); 1542 1543 if (NewM && NewM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment) 1544 NewM = NewM->Parent; 1545 if (OldM && OldM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment) 1546 OldM = OldM->Parent; 1547 1548 if (NewM == OldM) 1549 return false; 1550 1551 bool NewIsModuleInterface = NewM && NewM->isModulePurview(); 1552 bool OldIsModuleInterface = OldM && OldM->isModulePurview(); 1553 if (NewIsModuleInterface || OldIsModuleInterface) { 1554 // C++ Modules TS [basic.def.odr] 6.2/6.7 [sic]: 1555 // if a declaration of D [...] appears in the purview of a module, all 1556 // other such declarations shall appear in the purview of the same module 1557 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_owning_module) 1558 << New 1559 << NewIsModuleInterface 1560 << (NewIsModuleInterface ? NewM->getFullModuleName() : "") 1561 << OldIsModuleInterface 1562 << (OldIsModuleInterface ? OldM->getFullModuleName() : ""); 1563 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1564 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1565 return true; 1566 } 1567 1568 return false; 1569 } 1570 1571 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1572 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1573 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1574 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1575 } 1576 1577 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1578 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1579 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1580 while (F.hasNext()) 1581 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1582 F.erase(); 1583 1584 F.done(); 1585 } 1586 1587 /// Check for this common pattern: 1588 /// @code 1589 /// class S { 1590 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1591 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1592 /// }; 1593 /// @endcode 1594 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1595 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1596 // the decl here. 1597 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1598 return false; 1599 1600 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1601 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1602 return D->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1603 } 1604 1605 // We need this to handle 1606 // 1607 // typedef struct { 1608 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1609 // } A; 1610 // 1611 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1612 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1613 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1614 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1615 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1616 // not. 1617 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1618 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1619 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1620 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1621 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1622 return true; 1623 } 1624 DC = DC->getParent(); 1625 } 1626 1627 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1628 } 1629 1630 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1631 // these semantics. 1632 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1633 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1634 return false; 1635 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1636 } 1637 1638 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1639 assert(D); 1640 1641 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1642 return false; 1643 1644 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1645 // of members of class templates. 1646 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1647 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1648 return false; 1649 1650 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1651 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1652 return false; 1653 // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly 1654 // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in. 1655 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1656 FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) 1657 return false; 1658 1659 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1660 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1661 return false; 1662 } else { 1663 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1664 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1665 return false; 1666 } 1667 1668 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1669 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1670 return false; 1671 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1672 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1673 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1674 // like "inline".) 1675 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1676 return false; 1677 1678 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1679 return false; 1680 1681 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1682 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1683 return false; 1684 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1685 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1686 VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine()) 1687 return false; 1688 1689 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1690 return false; 1691 } else { 1692 return false; 1693 } 1694 1695 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1696 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1697 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1698 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1699 } 1700 1701 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1702 if (!D) 1703 return; 1704 1705 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1706 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1707 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1708 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1709 } 1710 1711 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1712 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1713 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1714 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1715 } 1716 1717 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1718 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1719 } 1720 1721 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1722 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1723 return false; 1724 1725 bool Referenced = false; 1726 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) { 1727 // For a decomposition declaration, warn if none of the bindings are 1728 // referenced, instead of if the variable itself is referenced (which 1729 // it is, by the bindings' expressions). 1730 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 1731 if (BD->isReferenced()) { 1732 Referenced = true; 1733 break; 1734 } 1735 } 1736 } else if (!D->getDeclName()) { 1737 return false; 1738 } else if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed()) { 1739 Referenced = true; 1740 } 1741 1742 if (Referenced || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1743 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1744 return false; 1745 1746 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1747 return true; 1748 1749 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1750 // functions. 1751 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1752 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1753 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1754 WithinFunction = 1755 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1756 if (!WithinFunction) 1757 return false; 1758 1759 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1760 return true; 1761 1762 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1763 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1764 return false; 1765 1766 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1767 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1768 1769 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1770 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1771 1772 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1773 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1774 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1775 return false; 1776 } 1777 1778 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1779 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1780 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1781 return false; 1782 1783 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1784 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1785 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1786 1787 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1788 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1789 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1790 return false; 1791 1792 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1793 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1794 return false; 1795 1796 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1797 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1798 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1799 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1800 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1801 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1802 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1803 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1804 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>() && 1805 (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue())) 1806 return false; 1807 } 1808 1809 // Suppress the warning if we don't know how this is constructed, and 1810 // it could possibly be non-trivial constructor. 1811 if (Init->isTypeDependent()) 1812 for (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor : RD->ctors()) 1813 if (!Ctor->isTrivial()) 1814 return false; 1815 } 1816 } 1817 } 1818 1819 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1820 } 1821 1822 return true; 1823 } 1824 1825 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1826 FixItHint &Hint) { 1827 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1828 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 1829 D->getEndLoc(), tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), 1830 true); 1831 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1832 return; 1833 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 1834 CharSourceRange::getCharRange(D->getBeginLoc(), AfterColon)); 1835 } 1836 } 1837 1838 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1839 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1840 return; 1841 1842 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1843 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1844 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1845 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1846 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1847 } 1848 } 1849 1850 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1851 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1852 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1853 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1854 return; 1855 1856 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1857 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1858 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1859 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1860 return; 1861 } 1862 1863 FixItHint Hint; 1864 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1865 1866 unsigned DiagID; 1867 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1868 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1869 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1870 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1871 else 1872 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1873 1874 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D << Hint; 1875 } 1876 1877 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1878 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1879 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1880 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1881 // MS inline assembly label name. 1882 bool Diagnose = false; 1883 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1884 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1885 else 1886 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1887 if (Diagnose) 1888 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1889 } 1890 1891 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1892 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1893 1894 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1895 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1896 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1897 1898 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1899 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1900 1901 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1902 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1903 1904 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1905 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1906 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1907 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1908 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1909 } 1910 1911 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1912 1913 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1914 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1915 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1916 1917 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1918 // already. 1919 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1920 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1921 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1922 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1923 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1924 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1925 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1926 } 1927 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1928 } 1929 } 1930 } 1931 1932 /// Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1933 /// 1934 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1935 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1936 /// to the fixed name. 1937 /// 1938 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1939 /// 1940 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1941 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1942 /// 1943 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1944 /// class could not be found. 1945 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1946 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1947 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1948 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1949 // creation from this context. 1950 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1951 1952 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1953 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1954 // find an Objective-C class name. 1955 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> CCC{}; 1956 if (TypoCorrection C = 1957 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, 1958 TUScope, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1959 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1960 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1961 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1962 } 1963 } 1964 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1965 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1966 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1967 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1968 return Def; 1969 } 1970 1971 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1972 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1973 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1974 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1975 /// ill-formed in C++: 1976 /// @code 1977 /// struct S6 { 1978 /// enum { BAR } e; 1979 /// }; 1980 /// 1981 /// void test_S6() { 1982 /// struct S6 a; 1983 /// a.e = BAR; 1984 /// } 1985 /// @endcode 1986 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1987 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1988 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1989 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1990 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1991 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1992 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1993 /// contain non-field names. 1994 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1995 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1996 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1997 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1998 S = S->getParent(); 1999 return S; 2000 } 2001 2002 /// Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 2003 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 2004 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 2005 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 2006 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 2007 IdentifierInfo *II) { 2008 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 2009 return; 2010 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 2011 2012 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 2013 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 2014 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 2015 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 2016 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2017 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 2018 } 2019 2020 static StringRef getHeaderName(Builtin::Context &BuiltinInfo, unsigned ID, 2021 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 2022 switch (Error) { 2023 case ASTContext::GE_None: 2024 return ""; 2025 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_type: 2026 return BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID); 2027 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 2028 return "stdio.h"; 2029 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 2030 return "setjmp.h"; 2031 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 2032 return "ucontext.h"; 2033 } 2034 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 2035 } 2036 2037 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 2038 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 2039 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 2040 /// built-in. 2041 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2042 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2043 SourceLocation Loc) { 2044 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 2045 2046 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 2047 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 2048 if (Error) { 2049 if (!ForRedeclaration) 2050 return nullptr; 2051 2052 // If we have a builtin without an associated type we should not emit a 2053 // warning when we were not able to find a type for it. 2054 if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_type) 2055 return nullptr; 2056 2057 // If we could not find a type for setjmp it is because the jmp_buf type was 2058 // not defined prior to the setjmp declaration. 2059 if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp) { 2060 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_no_jmp_buf) 2061 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 2062 return nullptr; 2063 } 2064 2065 // Generally, we emit a warning that the declaration requires the 2066 // appropriate header. 2067 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 2068 << getHeaderName(Context.BuiltinInfo, ID, Error) 2069 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 2070 return nullptr; 2071 } 2072 2073 if (!ForRedeclaration && 2074 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 2075 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 2076 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 2077 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 2078 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 2079 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 2080 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 2081 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 2082 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 2083 } 2084 2085 if (R.isNull()) 2086 return nullptr; 2087 2088 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2089 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2090 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 2091 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 2092 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 2093 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 2094 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 2095 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 2096 } 2097 2098 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 2099 Parent, 2100 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2101 SC_Extern, 2102 false, 2103 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 2104 New->setImplicit(); 2105 2106 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 2107 // FunctionDecl. 2108 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 2109 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2110 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 2111 ParmVarDecl *parm = 2112 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2113 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2114 SC_None, nullptr); 2115 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 2116 Params.push_back(parm); 2117 } 2118 New->setParams(Params); 2119 } 2120 2121 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 2122 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 2123 2124 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 2125 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 2126 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 2127 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 2128 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 2129 CurContext = Parent; 2130 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 2131 CurContext = SavedContext; 2132 return New; 2133 } 2134 2135 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 2136 /// entity if their types are the same. 2137 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 2138 /// isSameEntity. 2139 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 2140 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2141 LookupResult &Previous) { 2142 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 2143 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 2144 return; 2145 2146 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 2147 if (Previous.empty()) 2148 return; 2149 2150 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 2151 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 2152 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 2153 2154 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 2155 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 2156 continue; 2157 2158 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 2159 // different linkages. 2160 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2161 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 2162 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 2163 continue; 2164 2165 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 2166 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 2167 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 2168 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 2169 continue; 2170 } 2171 2172 Filter.erase(); 2173 } 2174 2175 Filter.done(); 2176 } 2177 2178 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 2179 QualType OldType; 2180 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2181 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 2182 else 2183 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 2184 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2185 2186 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2187 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 2188 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2189 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 2190 << Kind << NewType; 2191 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2192 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2193 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2194 return true; 2195 } 2196 2197 if (OldType != NewType && 2198 !OldType->isDependentType() && 2199 !NewType->isDependentType() && 2200 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 2201 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2202 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 2203 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 2204 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2205 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2206 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2207 return true; 2208 } 2209 return false; 2210 } 2211 2212 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 2213 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 2214 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 2215 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 2216 /// 2217 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 2218 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 2219 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 2220 // merging checks. 2221 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 2222 2223 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 2224 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 2225 if (getLangOpts().ObjC) { 2226 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 2227 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 2228 default: break; 2229 case 2: 2230 { 2231 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 2232 break; 2233 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2234 if (!T->isPointerType()) 2235 break; 2236 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 2237 QualType PT = T->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2238 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 2239 break; 2240 } 2241 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 2242 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 2243 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 2244 return; 2245 } 2246 case 5: 2247 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 2248 break; 2249 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2250 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 2251 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 2252 return; 2253 case 3: 2254 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 2255 break; 2256 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2257 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 2258 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 2259 return; 2260 } 2261 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 2262 } 2263 2264 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 2265 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 2266 if (!Old) { 2267 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2268 << New->getDeclName(); 2269 2270 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 2271 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 2272 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 2273 2274 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2275 } 2276 2277 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2278 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2279 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2280 2281 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2282 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2283 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2284 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2285 if (OldTag && NewTag && 2286 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2287 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2288 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2289 // instead of our tag. 2290 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2291 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2292 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2293 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2294 else 2295 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2296 2297 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2298 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 2299 2300 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2301 // out of the scope. 2302 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2303 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2304 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2305 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2306 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2307 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2308 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2309 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2310 } 2311 } 2312 } 2313 } 2314 2315 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2316 // with any extensions enabled. 2317 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2318 return; 2319 2320 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2321 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2322 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2323 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2324 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2325 } 2326 2327 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2328 return; 2329 2330 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2331 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2332 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2333 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2334 // to the type to which it already refers. 2335 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2336 return; 2337 2338 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2339 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2340 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2341 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2342 // 2343 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2344 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2345 // 2346 // struct S { 2347 // typedef struct A { } A; 2348 // }; 2349 // 2350 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2351 // allow the above but disallow 2352 // 2353 // struct S { 2354 // typedef int I; 2355 // typedef int I; 2356 // }; 2357 // 2358 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2359 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2360 return; 2361 2362 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2363 << New->getDeclName(); 2364 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2365 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2366 } 2367 2368 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2369 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2370 return; 2371 2372 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2373 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2374 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2375 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2376 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2377 // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL). 2378 (Old->isImplicit() || 2379 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2380 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2381 return; 2382 2383 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2384 << New->getDeclName(); 2385 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2386 } 2387 2388 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2389 /// attribute. 2390 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2391 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2392 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2393 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2394 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2395 if (Ann) { 2396 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2397 return true; 2398 continue; 2399 } 2400 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2401 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2402 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2403 return true; 2404 } 2405 2406 return false; 2407 } 2408 2409 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2410 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2411 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2412 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2413 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2414 return true; 2415 } 2416 2417 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2418 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2419 /// 2420 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2421 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2422 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2423 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2424 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2425 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2426 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2427 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2428 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2429 // in a case like: 2430 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2431 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2432 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2433 // definition in such a case. 2434 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2435 return false; 2436 2437 if (I->isAlignas()) 2438 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2439 2440 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2441 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2442 OldAlign = Align; 2443 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2444 } 2445 } 2446 2447 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2448 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2449 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2450 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2451 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2452 return false; 2453 2454 if (I->isAlignas()) 2455 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2456 2457 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2458 if (Align > NewAlign) 2459 NewAlign = Align; 2460 } 2461 2462 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2463 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2464 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2465 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2466 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2467 2468 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2469 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2470 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2471 QualType Ty; 2472 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2473 Ty = VD->getType(); 2474 else 2475 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2476 2477 if (OldAlign == 0) 2478 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2479 if (NewAlign == 0) 2480 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2481 } 2482 2483 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2484 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2485 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2486 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2487 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2488 } 2489 } 2490 2491 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2492 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2493 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2494 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2495 // equivalent alignment. 2496 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2497 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2498 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2499 // have no alignment specifier. 2500 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2501 << OldAlignasAttr; 2502 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2503 << OldAlignasAttr; 2504 } 2505 2506 bool AnyAdded = false; 2507 2508 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2509 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2510 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2511 Clone->setInherited(true); 2512 New->addAttr(Clone); 2513 AnyAdded = true; 2514 } 2515 2516 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2517 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2518 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2519 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2520 Clone->setInherited(true); 2521 New->addAttr(Clone); 2522 AnyAdded = true; 2523 } 2524 2525 return AnyAdded; 2526 } 2527 2528 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2529 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2530 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2531 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2532 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2533 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2534 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2535 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2536 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2537 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2538 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2539 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2540 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr( 2541 D, *AA, AA->getPlatform(), AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2542 AA->getDeprecated(), AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2543 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2544 AA->getPriority()); 2545 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2546 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility()); 2547 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2548 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility()); 2549 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2550 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, *ImportA); 2551 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2552 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, *ExportA); 2553 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2554 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, *FA, FA->getType(), FA->getFormatIdx(), 2555 FA->getFirstArg()); 2556 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2557 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, *SA, SA->getName()); 2558 else if (const auto *CSA = dyn_cast<CodeSegAttr>(Attr)) 2559 NewAttr = S.mergeCodeSegAttr(D, *CSA, CSA->getName()); 2560 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2561 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, *IA, IA->getBestCase(), 2562 IA->getInheritanceModel()); 2563 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2564 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, *AA, 2565 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling())); 2566 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2567 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2568 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2569 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2570 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2571 return false; 2572 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2573 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, *MA); 2574 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2575 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, *OA); 2576 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2577 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(D, *InternalLinkageA); 2578 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2579 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, *CommonA); 2580 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2581 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2582 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2583 NewAttr = nullptr; 2584 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2585 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2586 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2587 NewAttr = nullptr; 2588 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2589 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, *UA, UA->getGuid()); 2590 else if (const auto *SLHA = dyn_cast<SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(Attr)) 2591 NewAttr = S.mergeSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(D, *SLHA); 2592 else if (const auto *SLHA = dyn_cast<NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(Attr)) 2593 NewAttr = S.mergeNoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(D, *SLHA); 2594 else if (Attr->shouldInheritEvenIfAlreadyPresent() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2595 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2596 2597 if (NewAttr) { 2598 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2599 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2600 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2601 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2602 return true; 2603 } 2604 2605 return false; 2606 } 2607 2608 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2609 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2610 return TD->getDefinition(); 2611 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2612 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2613 if (Def) 2614 return Def; 2615 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2616 } 2617 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2618 return FD->getDefinition(); 2619 return nullptr; 2620 } 2621 2622 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2623 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2624 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2625 return true; 2626 return false; 2627 } 2628 2629 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2630 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2631 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2632 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2633 return; 2634 2635 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2636 if (!Def || Def == New) 2637 return; 2638 2639 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2640 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2641 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2642 2643 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2644 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2645 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2646 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2647 2648 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2649 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2650 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2651 --E; 2652 continue; 2653 } 2654 } else { 2655 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2656 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2657 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2658 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2659 : diag::err_redefinition; 2660 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2661 if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition) 2662 S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation()); 2663 else 2664 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2665 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2666 } 2667 ++I; 2668 continue; 2669 } 2670 2671 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2672 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2673 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2674 ++I; 2675 continue; 2676 } 2677 } 2678 2679 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2680 ++I; 2681 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2682 } 2683 2684 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2685 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2686 ++I; 2687 continue; 2688 } else if (isa<UuidAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2689 // msvc will allow a subsequent definition to add an uuid to a class 2690 ++I; 2691 continue; 2692 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2693 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2694 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2695 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2696 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2697 // equivalent alignment. 2698 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2699 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2700 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2701 // have no alignment specifier. 2702 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2703 << AA; 2704 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2705 << AA; 2706 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2707 --E; 2708 continue; 2709 } 2710 } else if (isa<SelectAnyAttr>(NewAttribute) && 2711 cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInline() && 2712 !cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInlineSpecified()) { 2713 // Don't warn about applying selectany to implicitly inline variables. 2714 // Older compilers and language modes would require the use of selectany 2715 // to make such variables inline, and it would have no effect if we 2716 // honored it. 2717 ++I; 2718 continue; 2719 } 2720 2721 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2722 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2723 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2724 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2725 --E; 2726 } 2727 } 2728 2729 static void diagnoseMissingConstinit(Sema &S, const VarDecl *InitDecl, 2730 const ConstInitAttr *CIAttr, 2731 bool AttrBeforeInit) { 2732 SourceLocation InsertLoc = InitDecl->getInnerLocStart(); 2733 2734 // Figure out a good way to write this specifier on the old declaration. 2735 // FIXME: We should just use the spelling of CIAttr, but we don't preserve 2736 // enough of the attribute list spelling information to extract that without 2737 // heroics. 2738 std::string SuitableSpelling; 2739 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a) 2740 SuitableSpelling = 2741 S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(InsertLoc, {tok::kw_constinit}); 2742 if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 2743 SuitableSpelling = S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling( 2744 InsertLoc, 2745 {tok::l_square, tok::l_square, S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("clang"), 2746 tok::coloncolon, 2747 S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"), 2748 tok::r_square, tok::r_square}); 2749 if (SuitableSpelling.empty()) 2750 SuitableSpelling = S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling( 2751 InsertLoc, 2752 {tok::kw___attribute, tok::l_paren, tok::r_paren, 2753 S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"), 2754 tok::r_paren, tok::r_paren}); 2755 if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a) 2756 SuitableSpelling = "constinit"; 2757 if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 2758 SuitableSpelling = "[[clang::require_constant_initialization]]"; 2759 if (SuitableSpelling.empty()) 2760 SuitableSpelling = "__attribute__((require_constant_initialization))"; 2761 SuitableSpelling += " "; 2762 2763 if (AttrBeforeInit) { 2764 // extern constinit int a; 2765 // int a = 0; // error (missing 'constinit'), accepted as extension 2766 assert(CIAttr->isConstinit() && "should not diagnose this for attribute"); 2767 S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_constinit_missing) 2768 << InitDecl << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling); 2769 S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_specified_here); 2770 } else { 2771 // int a = 0; 2772 // constinit extern int a; // error (missing 'constinit') 2773 S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(), 2774 CIAttr->isConstinit() ? diag::err_constinit_added_too_late 2775 : diag::warn_require_const_init_added_too_late) 2776 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(CIAttr->getLocation())); 2777 S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_missing_here) 2778 << CIAttr->isConstinit() 2779 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling); 2780 } 2781 } 2782 2783 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2784 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2785 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2786 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2787 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2788 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2789 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2790 } 2791 2792 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2793 return; 2794 2795 // [dcl.constinit]p1: 2796 // If the [constinit] specifier is applied to any declaration of a 2797 // variable, it shall be applied to the initializing declaration. 2798 const auto *OldConstInit = Old->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>(); 2799 const auto *NewConstInit = New->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>(); 2800 if (bool(OldConstInit) != bool(NewConstInit)) { 2801 const auto *OldVD = cast<VarDecl>(Old); 2802 auto *NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2803 2804 // Find the initializing declaration. Note that we might not have linked 2805 // the new declaration into the redeclaration chain yet. 2806 const VarDecl *InitDecl = OldVD->getInitializingDeclaration(); 2807 if (!InitDecl && 2808 (NewVD->hasInit() || NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())) 2809 InitDecl = NewVD; 2810 2811 if (InitDecl == NewVD) { 2812 // This is the initializing declaration. If it would inherit 'constinit', 2813 // that's ill-formed. (Note that we do not apply this to the attribute 2814 // form). 2815 if (OldConstInit && OldConstInit->isConstinit()) 2816 diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, NewVD, OldConstInit, 2817 /*AttrBeforeInit=*/true); 2818 } else if (NewConstInit) { 2819 // This is the first time we've been told that this declaration should 2820 // have a constant initializer. If we already saw the initializing 2821 // declaration, this is too late. 2822 if (InitDecl && InitDecl != NewVD) { 2823 diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, InitDecl, NewConstInit, 2824 /*AttrBeforeInit=*/false); 2825 NewVD->dropAttr<ConstInitAttr>(); 2826 } 2827 } 2828 } 2829 2830 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2831 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2832 2833 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2834 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2835 if (!OldA->isEquivalent(NewA)) { 2836 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2837 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2838 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2839 } 2840 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2841 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2842 // already been ODR-used. 2843 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2844 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2845 } 2846 } 2847 2848 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2849 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2850 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2851 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2852 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2853 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2854 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2855 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2856 << NewTag; 2857 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2858 } 2859 } 2860 } else { 2861 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2862 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2863 } 2864 } 2865 2866 // This redeclaration adds a section attribute. 2867 if (New->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && !Old->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 2868 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(New)) { 2869 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) { 2870 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_section_on_redeclaration); 2871 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2872 } 2873 } 2874 } 2875 2876 // Redeclaration adds code-seg attribute. 2877 const auto *NewCSA = New->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>(); 2878 if (NewCSA && !Old->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>() && 2879 !NewCSA->isImplicit() && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New)) { 2880 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section) 2881 << 0 /*codeseg*/; 2882 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2883 } 2884 2885 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2886 return; 2887 2888 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2889 2890 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2891 // we process them. 2892 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2893 2894 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2895 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2896 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2897 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2898 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2899 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2900 switch (AMK) { 2901 case AMK_None: 2902 continue; 2903 2904 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2905 case AMK_Override: 2906 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2907 LocalAMK = AMK; 2908 break; 2909 } 2910 } 2911 2912 // Already handled. 2913 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2914 continue; 2915 2916 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2917 foundAny = true; 2918 } 2919 2920 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2921 foundAny = true; 2922 2923 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2924 } 2925 2926 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2927 /// to the new one. 2928 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2929 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2930 Sema &S) { 2931 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2932 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2933 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2934 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2935 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2936 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2937 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2938 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2939 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2940 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2941 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2942 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2943 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2944 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2945 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2946 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2947 } 2948 2949 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2950 return; 2951 2952 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2953 2954 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2955 // done before we process them. 2956 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2957 2958 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2959 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2960 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2961 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2962 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2963 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2964 foundAny = true; 2965 } 2966 } 2967 2968 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2969 } 2970 2971 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2972 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2973 Sema &S) { 2974 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2975 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2976 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2977 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2978 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2979 *Newnullability, 2980 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2981 != 0)) 2982 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2983 *Oldnullability, 2984 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2985 != 0)); 2986 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2987 } 2988 } else { 2989 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2990 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2991 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2992 NewT, NewT); 2993 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2994 } 2995 } 2996 } 2997 2998 namespace { 2999 3000 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 3001 /// C. 3002 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 3003 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 3004 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 3005 QualType PromotedType; 3006 }; 3007 3008 } // end anonymous namespace 3009 3010 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 3011 // declaration, or a declaration. 3012 template <typename T> 3013 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 3014 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 3015 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3016 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 3017 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3018 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 3019 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 3020 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 3021 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 3022 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 3023 } else 3024 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 3025 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 3026 } 3027 3028 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 3029 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 3030 /// GNU89 mode. 3031 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 3032 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 3033 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 3034 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 3035 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 3036 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 3037 } 3038 3039 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 3040 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 3041 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 3042 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 3043 return AT; 3044 } 3045 3046 template <typename T> 3047 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 3048 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 3049 if (DC->isRecord()) 3050 return false; 3051 3052 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 3053 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 3054 return true; 3055 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 3056 return true; 3057 return false; 3058 } 3059 3060 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 3061 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 3062 3063 /// Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 3064 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 3065 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 3066 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 3067 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 3068 ExpectedDecl *New) { 3069 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 3070 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 3071 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 3072 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 3073 // and function templates; or 3074 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 3075 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 3076 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 3077 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 3078 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 3079 3080 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 3081 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 3082 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 3083 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 3084 // function, the program is ill-formed. 3085 3086 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 3087 if (Old && 3088 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 3089 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 3090 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 3091 Old = nullptr; 3092 3093 if (!Old) { 3094 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 3095 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 3096 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 3097 return true; 3098 } 3099 return false; 3100 } 3101 3102 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 3103 const FunctionDecl *B) { 3104 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 3105 3106 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 3107 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 3108 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 3109 if (AttrA == AttrB) 3110 return true; 3111 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType() && 3112 AttrA->isDynamic() == AttrB->isDynamic(); 3113 }; 3114 3115 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 3116 } 3117 3118 /// If necessary, adjust the semantic declaration context for a qualified 3119 /// declaration to name the correct inline namespace within the qualifier. 3120 static void adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *NewD, 3121 DeclaratorDecl *OldD) { 3122 // The only case where we need to update the DeclContext is when 3123 // redeclaration lookup for a qualified name finds a declaration 3124 // in an inline namespace within the context named by the qualifier: 3125 // 3126 // inline namespace N { int f(); } 3127 // int ::f(); // Sema DC needs adjusting from :: to N::. 3128 // 3129 // For unqualified declarations, the semantic context *can* change 3130 // along the redeclaration chain (for local extern declarations, 3131 // extern "C" declarations, and friend declarations in particular). 3132 if (!NewD->getQualifier()) 3133 return; 3134 3135 // NewD is probably already in the right context. 3136 auto *NamedDC = NewD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 3137 auto *SemaDC = OldD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 3138 if (NamedDC->Equals(SemaDC)) 3139 return; 3140 3141 assert((NamedDC->InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(SemaDC) || 3142 NewD->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) && 3143 "unexpected context for redeclaration"); 3144 3145 auto *LexDC = NewD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3146 auto FixSemaDC = [=](NamedDecl *D) { 3147 if (!D) 3148 return; 3149 D->setDeclContext(SemaDC); 3150 D->setLexicalDeclContext(LexDC); 3151 }; 3152 3153 FixSemaDC(NewD); 3154 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewD)) 3155 FixSemaDC(FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()); 3156 else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewD)) 3157 FixSemaDC(VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()); 3158 } 3159 3160 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 3161 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 3162 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 3163 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3164 /// 3165 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 3166 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 3167 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 3168 /// merged with. 3169 /// 3170 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 3171 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 3172 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3173 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 3174 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 3175 if (!Old) { 3176 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 3177 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 3178 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 3179 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 3180 diag::note_using_decl_target); 3181 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 3182 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 3183 return true; 3184 } 3185 3186 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 3187 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3188 return true; 3189 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 3190 } else { 3191 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3192 << New->getDeclName(); 3193 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 3194 return true; 3195 } 3196 } 3197 3198 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 3199 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3200 return true; 3201 3202 // Disallow redeclaration of some builtins. 3203 if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(Old)) { 3204 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_redeclare) << Old->getDeclName(); 3205 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3206 << Old << Old->getType(); 3207 return true; 3208 } 3209 3210 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3211 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3212 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3213 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3214 3215 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 3216 // is an extern inline function. 3217 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 3218 // storage classes. 3219 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 3220 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3221 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 3222 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 3223 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 3224 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3225 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 3226 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3227 } else { 3228 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 3229 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3230 return true; 3231 } 3232 } 3233 3234 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3235 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3236 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3237 << New->getDeclName(); 3238 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3239 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3240 } 3241 3242 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) 3243 return true; 3244 3245 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3246 bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3247 if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) { 3248 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch) 3249 << New << OldOvl; 3250 3251 // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable 3252 // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one 3253 // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter. 3254 // 3255 // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in 3256 // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it. 3257 const Decl *DiagOld = Old; 3258 if (OldOvl) { 3259 auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) { 3260 const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3261 return A && !A->isImplicit(); 3262 }); 3263 // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this 3264 // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless. 3265 DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter; 3266 } 3267 3268 if (DiagOld) 3269 Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(), 3270 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 3271 << OldOvl; 3272 3273 if (OldOvl) 3274 New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 3275 else 3276 New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3277 } 3278 } 3279 3280 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 3281 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 3282 // convention of the first. 3283 // 3284 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 3285 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 3286 // 3287 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 3288 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 3289 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 3290 // 3291 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 3292 // other tests to run. 3293 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3294 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3295 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 3296 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 3297 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 3298 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 3299 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 3300 3301 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 3302 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 3303 const FunctionType *FT = 3304 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 3305 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 3306 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 3307 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 3308 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 3309 // there but not here. 3310 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 3311 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3312 } else if (New->getBuiltinID()) { 3313 // Calling Conventions on a Builtin aren't really useful and setting a 3314 // default calling convention and cdecl'ing some builtin redeclarations is 3315 // common, so warn and ignore the calling convention on the redeclaration. 3316 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_cconv_unsupported) 3317 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 3318 << (int)CallingConventionIgnoredReason::BuiltinFunction; 3319 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 3320 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3321 } else { 3322 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 3323 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 3324 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 3325 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 3326 << !FirstCCExplicit 3327 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 3328 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 3329 3330 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 3331 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3332 return true; 3333 } 3334 } 3335 3336 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 3337 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3338 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 3339 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3340 } 3341 3342 // Merge regparm attribute. 3343 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 3344 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 3345 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 3346 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 3347 << NewType->getRegParmType() 3348 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 3349 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3350 return true; 3351 } 3352 3353 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 3354 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3355 } 3356 3357 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 3358 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3359 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3360 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) 3361 << "'ns_returns_retained'"; 3362 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3363 return true; 3364 } 3365 3366 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 3367 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3368 } 3369 3370 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() != 3371 NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3372 if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3373 AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr = 3374 New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>(); 3375 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr; 3376 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3377 return true; 3378 } 3379 3380 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true); 3381 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3382 } 3383 3384 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 3385 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3386 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 3387 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 3388 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3389 } 3390 3391 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3392 // UndefinedButUsed. 3393 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 3394 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3395 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 3396 Old->isUsed(false) && 3397 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3398 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3399 SourceLocation())); 3400 3401 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 3402 // about it. 3403 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3404 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 3405 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 3406 } 3407 3408 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 3409 // redeclaration. 3410 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 3411 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 3412 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 3413 << New->getDeclName(); 3414 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3415 return true; 3416 } 3417 3418 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3419 // C++1z [over.load]p2 3420 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 3421 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 3422 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 3423 3424 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 3425 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 3426 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 3427 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 3428 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 3429 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 3430 return true; 3431 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3432 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3433 3434 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 3435 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 3436 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 3437 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 3438 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 3439 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = Old->getDeclaredReturnType(); 3440 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = New->getDeclaredReturnType(); 3441 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 3442 canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewDeclaredReturnType, 3443 OldDeclaredReturnType)) { 3444 QualType ResQT; 3445 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3446 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3447 // FIXME: This does the wrong thing for a deduced return type. 3448 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 3449 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 3450 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 3451 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 3452 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3453 else 3454 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 3455 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3456 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 3457 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3458 return true; 3459 } 3460 else 3461 NewQType = ResQT; 3462 } 3463 3464 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 3465 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 3466 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 3467 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 3468 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 3469 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 3470 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 3471 New->setType( 3472 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 3473 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3474 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3475 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 3476 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 3477 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3478 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3479 } 3480 } 3481 3482 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3483 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3484 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3485 // Preserve triviality. 3486 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3487 3488 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3489 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3490 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3491 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3492 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3493 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3494 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3495 3496 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3497 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3498 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3499 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3500 // is a static member function declaration. 3501 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3502 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3503 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3504 return true; 3505 } 3506 3507 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3508 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3509 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3510 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3511 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 3512 unsigned NewDiag; 3513 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3514 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3515 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3516 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3517 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3518 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3519 else 3520 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3521 3522 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3523 } else { 3524 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3525 << New << New->getType(); 3526 } 3527 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3528 return true; 3529 3530 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3531 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3532 // 3533 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3534 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3535 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3536 if (isFriend) { 3537 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3538 } else { 3539 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3540 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3541 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3542 return true; 3543 } 3544 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3545 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3546 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3547 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3548 return true; 3549 } 3550 } 3551 3552 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3553 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3554 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3555 // attribute. 3556 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3557 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3558 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3559 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3560 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3561 } 3562 3563 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3564 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3565 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3566 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3567 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3568 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3569 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3570 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3571 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3572 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3573 } 3574 3575 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3576 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3577 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3578 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3579 3580 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3581 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3582 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3583 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3584 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3585 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3586 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3587 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3588 } 3589 3590 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3591 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3592 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3593 // 3594 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3595 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3596 // linkage within class scope. 3597 // 3598 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3599 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3600 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3601 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3602 } else { 3603 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3604 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3605 return true; 3606 } 3607 } 3608 3609 // If the function types are compatible, merge the declarations. Ignore the 3610 // exception specifier because it was already checked above in 3611 // CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec, and we don't want follow-on diagnostics 3612 // about incompatible types under -fms-compatibility. 3613 if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(OldQTypeForComparison, 3614 NewQType)) 3615 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3616 3617 // If the types are imprecise (due to dependent constructs in friends or 3618 // local extern declarations), it's OK if they differ. We'll check again 3619 // during instantiation. 3620 if (!canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewQType, OldQType)) 3621 return false; 3622 3623 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3624 } 3625 3626 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3627 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3628 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3629 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3630 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3631 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3632 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3633 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3634 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3635 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3636 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3637 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3638 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3639 NewQType = 3640 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3641 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3642 New->setType(NewQType); 3643 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3644 3645 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3646 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3647 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3648 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3649 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3650 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3651 SC_None, nullptr); 3652 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3653 Param->setImplicit(); 3654 Params.push_back(Param); 3655 } 3656 3657 New->setParams(Params); 3658 } 3659 3660 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3661 } 3662 3663 // Check if the function types are compatible when pointer size address 3664 // spaces are ignored. 3665 if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringPtrSizes(OldQType, NewQType)) 3666 return false; 3667 3668 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3669 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3670 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3671 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3672 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3673 // the prototype. 3674 // 3675 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3676 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3677 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3678 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3679 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3680 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3681 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3682 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3683 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3684 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3685 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3686 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3687 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3688 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3689 3690 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3691 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3692 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3693 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3694 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3695 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3696 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3697 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3698 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3699 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3700 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3701 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3702 NewParm->getType(), 3703 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3704 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3705 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3706 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3707 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3708 } else 3709 LooseCompatible = false; 3710 } 3711 3712 if (LooseCompatible) { 3713 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3714 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3715 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3716 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3717 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3718 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3719 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3720 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3721 } 3722 3723 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3724 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3725 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3726 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3727 } 3728 3729 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3730 } 3731 3732 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3733 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3734 3735 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3736 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3737 unsigned BuiltinID; 3738 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3739 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3740 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3741 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3742 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3743 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3744 << Old << Old->getType(); 3745 3746 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3747 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3748 // 3749 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3750 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3751 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3752 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3753 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3754 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3755 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3756 3757 return false; 3758 } 3759 3760 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3761 } 3762 3763 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3764 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3765 return true; 3766 } 3767 3768 /// Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3769 /// known to be compatible. 3770 /// 3771 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3772 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3773 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3774 /// redeclaration of Old. 3775 /// 3776 /// \returns false 3777 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3778 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3779 // Merge the attributes 3780 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3781 3782 // Merge "pure" flag. 3783 if (Old->isPure()) 3784 New->setPure(); 3785 3786 // Merge "used" flag. 3787 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3788 New->setIsUsed(); 3789 3790 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3791 // declarations. 3792 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3793 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3794 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3795 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3796 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3797 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3798 } 3799 3800 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3801 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3802 3803 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3804 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3805 // was visible. 3806 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3807 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3808 New->setType(Merged); 3809 3810 return false; 3811 } 3812 3813 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3814 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3815 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3816 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3817 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3818 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3819 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3820 : AMK_Override; 3821 3822 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3823 3824 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3825 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3826 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3827 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3828 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3829 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3830 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3831 3832 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3833 } 3834 3835 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3836 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3837 3838 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3839 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3840 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3841 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3842 3843 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3844 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3845 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3846 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3847 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3848 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3849 } 3850 3851 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3852 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3853 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3854 /// 3855 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3856 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3857 /// is attached. 3858 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3859 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3860 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3861 return; 3862 3863 QualType MergedT; 3864 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3865 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3866 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3867 return; 3868 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3869 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3870 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3871 } 3872 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3873 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3874 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3875 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3876 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3877 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3878 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3879 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3880 3881 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3882 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3883 // mismatch. 3884 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3885 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3886 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3887 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3888 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3889 continue; 3890 3891 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3892 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3893 } 3894 } 3895 3896 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3897 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3898 NewArray->getElementType())) 3899 MergedT = New->getType(); 3900 } 3901 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3902 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3903 // visible. 3904 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3905 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3906 NewArray->getElementType())) 3907 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3908 } 3909 } 3910 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3911 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3912 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3913 Old->getType()); 3914 } 3915 } else { 3916 // C 6.2.7p2: 3917 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3918 // compatible type. 3919 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3920 } 3921 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3922 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3923 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3924 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3925 // equivalent. 3926 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3927 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3928 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3929 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3930 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3931 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3932 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3933 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3934 return; 3935 } 3936 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3937 } 3938 3939 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3940 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3941 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3942 New->setType(MergedT); 3943 } 3944 3945 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3946 LookupResult &Previous) { 3947 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3948 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3949 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3950 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3951 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3952 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3953 // 3954 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3955 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3956 return false; 3957 3958 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3959 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3960 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3961 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3962 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3963 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3964 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3965 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3966 } else { 3967 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3968 // type unless we're in the same function. 3969 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3970 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3971 } 3972 } 3973 3974 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3975 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3976 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3977 /// 3978 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3979 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3980 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3981 /// 3982 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3983 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3984 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3985 return; 3986 3987 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3988 return; 3989 3990 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3991 3992 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3993 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3994 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3995 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3996 if (NewTemplate) { 3997 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3998 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3999 4000 if (auto *Shadow = 4001 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 4002 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 4003 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4004 } else { 4005 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4006 4007 if (auto *Shadow = 4008 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 4009 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 4010 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4011 } 4012 } 4013 if (!Old) { 4014 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 4015 << New->getDeclName(); 4016 notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(), 4017 New->getLocation()); 4018 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4019 } 4020 4021 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 4022 if (NewTemplate && 4023 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4024 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4025 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 4026 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4027 4028 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 4029 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 4030 // 4031 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 4032 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 4033 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 4034 << New->getIdentifier(); 4035 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4036 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4037 } 4038 4039 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 4040 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 4041 // declaration 4042 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 4043 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 4044 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 4045 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 4046 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 4047 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 4048 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 4049 } 4050 4051 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 4052 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 4053 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 4054 << New->getDeclName(); 4055 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 4056 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 4057 } 4058 4059 // Merge the types. 4060 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 4061 if (MostRecent != Old) { 4062 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 4063 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 4064 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 4065 return; 4066 } 4067 4068 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 4069 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 4070 return; 4071 4072 diag::kind PrevDiag; 4073 SourceLocation OldLocation; 4074 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 4075 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 4076 4077 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 4078 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 4079 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 4080 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 4081 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4082 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 4083 << New->getDeclName(); 4084 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4085 } else { 4086 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 4087 << New->getDeclName(); 4088 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4089 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4090 } 4091 } 4092 // C99 6.2.2p4: 4093 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 4094 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 4095 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 4096 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 4097 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 4098 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 4099 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 4100 // identifier has external linkage. 4101 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 4102 /* Okay */; 4103 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 4104 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 4105 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4106 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 4107 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4108 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4109 } 4110 4111 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 4112 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 4113 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 4114 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 4115 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4116 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4117 } 4118 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 4119 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 4120 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 4121 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4122 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4123 } 4124 4125 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) 4126 return; 4127 4128 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 4129 4130 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 4131 // need to check for mismatches. 4132 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 4133 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 4134 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 4135 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 4136 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 4137 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4138 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4139 } 4140 4141 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 4142 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 4143 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 4144 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 4145 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 4146 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 4147 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4148 } 4149 } 4150 4151 // If this redeclaration makes the variable inline, we may need to add it to 4152 // UndefinedButUsed. 4153 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 4154 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 4155 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 4156 SourceLocation())); 4157 4158 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 4159 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 4160 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 4161 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4162 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 4163 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 4164 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4165 } else { 4166 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 4167 // static and dynamic initialization. 4168 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 4169 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 4170 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 4171 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 4172 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4173 } 4174 } 4175 4176 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 4177 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4178 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 4179 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 4180 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 4181 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 4182 Diag(New->getLocation(), 4183 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 4184 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 4185 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 4186 return; 4187 } 4188 } 4189 4190 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 4191 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 4192 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4193 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4194 return; 4195 } 4196 4197 // Merge "used" flag. 4198 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 4199 New->setIsUsed(); 4200 4201 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 4202 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 4203 if (NewTemplate) 4204 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 4205 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old); 4206 4207 // Inherit access appropriately. 4208 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 4209 if (NewTemplate) 4210 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 4211 4212 if (Old->isInline()) 4213 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 4214 } 4215 4216 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) { 4217 SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager(); 4218 auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New); 4219 auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation()); 4220 auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first); 4221 auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first); 4222 auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo(); 4223 StringRef HdrFilename = 4224 SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation())); 4225 4226 auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod, 4227 SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool { 4228 // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped 4229 // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets 4230 // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition 4231 // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on. 4232 if (IncLoc.isValid()) { 4233 if (Mod) { 4234 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file) 4235 << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 4236 if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid()) 4237 Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here) 4238 << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 4239 } else { 4240 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file) 4241 << HdrFilename.str(); 4242 } 4243 return true; 4244 } 4245 4246 return false; 4247 }; 4248 4249 // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why 4250 // this leads to a redefinition error. 4251 if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) { 4252 SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first); 4253 SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first); 4254 bool EmittedDiag = 4255 noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc); 4256 EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc); 4257 4258 // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one. 4259 if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld)) 4260 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards); 4261 4262 if (EmittedDiag) 4263 return; 4264 } 4265 4266 // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above. 4267 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 4268 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4269 } 4270 4271 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 4272 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 4273 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 4274 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 4275 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 4276 New->isInline() || 4277 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 4278 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 4279 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 4280 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 4281 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 4282 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 4283 4284 // Make the canonical definition visible. 4285 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 4286 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD); 4287 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old); 4288 return false; 4289 } else { 4290 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 4291 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 4292 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4293 return true; 4294 } 4295 } 4296 4297 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4298 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 4299 Decl * 4300 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4301 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4302 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 4303 AnonRecord); 4304 } 4305 4306 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 4307 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 4308 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 4309 // compatibility. 4310 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 4311 // targeted. 4312 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 4313 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 4314 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 4315 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 4316 } 4317 4318 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 4319 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4320 return; 4321 4322 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 4323 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 4324 // it is anonymous. 4325 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 4326 return; 4327 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 4328 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 4329 Context.setManglingNumber( 4330 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 4331 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4332 return; 4333 } 4334 4335 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 4336 MangleNumberingContext *MCtx; 4337 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4338 std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) = 4339 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext()); 4340 if (MCtx) { 4341 Context.setManglingNumber( 4342 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4343 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4344 } 4345 } 4346 4347 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 4348 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4349 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 4350 return; 4351 4352 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 4353 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 4354 return; 4355 4356 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 4357 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 4358 4359 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 4360 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 4361 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 4362 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4363 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 4364 return; 4365 } 4366 4367 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 4368 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 4369 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 4370 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 4371 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 4372 // for how to handle it. 4373 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 4374 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 4375 4376 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 4377 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 4378 4379 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 4380 textToInsert += ' '; 4381 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 4382 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 4383 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 4384 return; 4385 } 4386 4387 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 4388 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 4389 } 4390 4391 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 4392 switch (T) { 4393 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 4394 return 0; 4395 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 4396 return 1; 4397 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 4398 return 2; 4399 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 4400 return 3; 4401 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 4402 return 4; 4403 default: 4404 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 4405 } 4406 } 4407 4408 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4409 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 4410 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 4411 Decl * 4412 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4413 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 4414 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 4415 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4416 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 4417 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 4418 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4419 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4420 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4421 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4422 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4423 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 4424 4425 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 4426 return nullptr; 4427 4428 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 4429 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 4430 // it's a Type. 4431 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 4432 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 4433 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 4434 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 4435 } 4436 4437 if (Tag) { 4438 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 4439 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 4440 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 4441 return Tag; 4442 } 4443 4444 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4445 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 4446 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 4447 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4448 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4449 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 4450 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4451 } 4452 4453 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4454 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 4455 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 4456 4457 if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier()) { 4458 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 4459 // and definitions of functions and variables. 4460 // C++2a [dcl.constexpr]p1: The consteval specifier shall be applied only to 4461 // the declaration of a function or function template 4462 if (Tag) 4463 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 4464 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) 4465 << DS.getConstexprSpecifier(); 4466 else 4467 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind) 4468 << DS.getConstexprSpecifier(); 4469 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 4470 return TagD; 4471 } 4472 4473 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 4474 4475 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 4476 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 4477 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 4478 if (TagD && !Tag) 4479 return nullptr; 4480 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 4481 } 4482 4483 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 4484 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 4485 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 4486 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 4487 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 4488 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 4489 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 4490 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 4491 // or an explicit specialization. 4492 // 4493 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 4494 // obvious intent of DR1819. 4495 // 4496 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 4497 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 4498 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 4499 return nullptr; 4500 } 4501 4502 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 4503 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 4504 4505 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 4506 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 4507 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 4508 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4509 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 4510 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4511 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 4512 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 4513 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 4514 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 4515 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 4516 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 4517 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 4518 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4519 AnonRecord = Record; 4520 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 4521 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4522 } 4523 4524 DeclaresAnything = false; 4525 } 4526 } 4527 4528 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 4529 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 4530 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 4531 // 4532 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 4533 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 4534 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 4535 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4536 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 4537 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 4538 // struct STRUCT; 4539 // union UNION; 4540 // and 4541 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4542 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4543 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4544 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4545 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4546 if (Tag) 4547 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4548 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4549 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4550 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4551 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4552 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4553 4554 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4555 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4556 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4557 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4558 } 4559 4560 DeclaresAnything = false; 4561 } 4562 } 4563 4564 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4565 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4566 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4567 return TagD; 4568 4569 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4570 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4571 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4572 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4573 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4574 DeclaresAnything = false; 4575 4576 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4577 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4578 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4579 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4580 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4581 else 4582 DeclaresAnything = false; 4583 } 4584 4585 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4586 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4587 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4588 << Tag->getTagKind() 4589 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4590 4591 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4592 4593 // C 6.7/2: 4594 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4595 // or the members of an enumeration. 4596 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4597 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4598 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4599 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4600 // previous declaration. 4601 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4602 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4603 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4604 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4605 return TagD; 4606 } 4607 4608 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4609 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4610 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4611 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4612 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4613 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4614 // 4615 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4616 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4617 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4618 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4619 4620 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4621 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4622 // useless. 4623 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4624 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4625 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4626 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4627 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4628 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4629 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4630 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4631 } 4632 4633 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4634 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4635 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4636 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4637 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4638 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4639 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4640 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4641 // Restrict is covered above. 4642 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4643 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4644 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4645 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4646 } 4647 4648 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4649 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4650 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4651 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4652 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4653 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4654 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4655 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4656 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4657 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4658 for (const ParsedAttr &AL : DS.getAttributes()) 4659 Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4660 << AL << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4661 } 4662 } 4663 4664 return TagD; 4665 } 4666 4667 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4668 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4669 /// 4670 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4671 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4672 Scope *S, 4673 DeclContext *Owner, 4674 DeclarationName Name, 4675 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4676 bool IsUnion) { 4677 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4678 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 4679 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4680 4681 // Pick a representative declaration. 4682 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4683 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4684 4685 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4686 return false; 4687 4688 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4689 << IsUnion << Name; 4690 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4691 4692 return true; 4693 } 4694 4695 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4696 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4697 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4698 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4699 /// struct, e.g., 4700 /// 4701 /// @code 4702 /// union { 4703 /// int i; 4704 /// float f; 4705 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4706 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4707 /// @endcode 4708 /// 4709 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4710 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4711 static bool 4712 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4713 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4714 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4715 bool Invalid = false; 4716 4717 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4718 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4719 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4720 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4721 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4722 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4723 VD->getLocation(), 4724 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4725 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4726 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4727 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4728 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4729 Invalid = true; 4730 } else { 4731 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4732 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4733 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4734 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4735 // anonymous union is declared. 4736 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4737 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4738 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4739 else 4740 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4741 4742 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4743 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4744 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4745 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4746 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4747 4748 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4749 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4750 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4751 4752 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4753 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4754 4755 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4756 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4757 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4758 4759 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4760 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4761 4762 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4763 } 4764 } 4765 } 4766 4767 return Invalid; 4768 } 4769 4770 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4771 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4772 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4773 static StorageClass 4774 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4775 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4776 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4777 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4778 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4779 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4780 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4781 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4782 return SC_None; 4783 return SC_Extern; 4784 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4785 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4786 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4787 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4788 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4789 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4790 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4791 } 4792 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4793 } 4794 4795 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4796 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4797 4798 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4799 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4800 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4801 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4802 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4803 return FD->getLocation(); 4804 } 4805 4806 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4807 } 4808 4809 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4810 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4811 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4812 return; 4813 4814 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4815 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4816 } 4817 4818 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4819 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4820 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4821 return; 4822 4823 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4824 } 4825 4826 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4827 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4828 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4829 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4830 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4831 AccessSpecifier AS, 4832 RecordDecl *Record, 4833 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4834 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4835 4836 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4837 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4838 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4839 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4840 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4841 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4842 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4843 4844 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4845 // structs/unions. 4846 bool Invalid = false; 4847 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4848 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4849 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4850 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4851 // C++17 [class.union.anon]p2: 4852 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4853 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4854 unsigned DiagID; 4855 DeclContext *OwnerScope = Owner->getRedeclContext(); 4856 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4857 (OwnerScope->isTranslationUnit() || 4858 (OwnerScope->isNamespace() && 4859 !cast<NamespaceDecl>(OwnerScope)->isAnonymousNamespace()))) { 4860 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4861 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4862 4863 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4864 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4865 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4866 } 4867 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4868 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4869 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4870 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4871 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4872 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4873 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4874 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4875 4876 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4877 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4878 SourceLocation(), 4879 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4880 } 4881 } 4882 4883 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4884 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4885 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4886 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4887 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4888 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4889 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4890 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4891 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4892 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4893 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4894 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4895 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4896 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4897 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4898 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4899 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4900 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4901 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4902 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4903 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4904 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4905 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4906 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4907 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4908 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4909 4910 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4911 } 4912 4913 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4914 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4915 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4916 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4917 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4918 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4919 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4920 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4921 // members (clause 11). 4922 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4923 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4924 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4925 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4926 Invalid = true; 4927 } 4928 4929 // C++ [class.union]p1 4930 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4931 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4932 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4933 // array of such objects. 4934 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4935 Invalid = true; 4936 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4937 // Any implicit members are fine. 4938 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4939 // This is a type that showed up in an 4940 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4941 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4942 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4943 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4944 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4945 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4946 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4947 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4948 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4949 << Record->isUnion(); 4950 else { 4951 // This is a nested type declaration. 4952 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4953 << Record->isUnion(); 4954 Invalid = true; 4955 } 4956 } else { 4957 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4958 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4959 // not part of standard C++. 4960 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4961 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4962 << Record->isUnion(); 4963 } 4964 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4965 // Any access specifier is fine. 4966 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4967 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4968 } else { 4969 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4970 // member. Complain about it. 4971 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4972 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4973 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4974 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4975 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4976 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4977 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4978 4979 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4980 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4981 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4982 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4983 << Record->isUnion(); 4984 else { 4985 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4986 Invalid = true; 4987 } 4988 } 4989 } 4990 4991 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4992 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4993 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4994 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4995 Owner->isRecord()) 4996 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4997 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4998 } 4999 5000 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 5001 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 5002 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 5003 Invalid = true; 5004 } 5005 5006 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 5007 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 5008 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 5009 // names into the program 5010 // C++ [class.mem]p2: 5011 // each such member-declaration shall either declare at least one member 5012 // name of the class or declare at least one unnamed bit-field 5013 // 5014 // For C this is an error even for a named struct, and is diagnosed elsewhere. 5015 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Record->field_empty()) 5016 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 5017 5018 // Mock up a declarator. 5019 Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::MemberContext); 5020 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 5021 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 5022 5023 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 5024 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 5025 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 5026 Anon = FieldDecl::Create( 5027 Context, OwningClass, DS.getBeginLoc(), Record->getLocation(), 5028 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, 5029 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 5030 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 5031 Anon->setAccess(AS); 5032 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, Anon, Dc); 5033 5034 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5035 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 5036 } else { 5037 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 5038 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 5039 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5040 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5041 // an error here 5042 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5043 Invalid = true; 5044 SC = SC_None; 5045 } 5046 5047 assert(DS.getAttributes().empty() && "No attribute expected"); 5048 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, DS.getBeginLoc(), 5049 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 5050 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, SC); 5051 5052 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 5053 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 5054 // initializer: 5055 // union { int n = 0; }; 5056 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); 5057 } 5058 Anon->setImplicit(); 5059 5060 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 5061 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 5062 5063 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 5064 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 5065 // its members. 5066 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 5067 5068 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 5069 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 5070 // purposes. 5071 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 5072 Chain.push_back(Anon); 5073 5074 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 5075 Invalid = true; 5076 5077 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 5078 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5079 MangleNumberingContext *MCtx; 5080 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5081 std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) = 5082 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext()); 5083 if (MCtx) { 5084 Context.setManglingNumber( 5085 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 5086 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 5087 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 5088 } 5089 } 5090 } 5091 5092 if (Invalid) 5093 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 5094 5095 return Anon; 5096 } 5097 5098 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 5099 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 5100 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 5101 /// Example: 5102 /// 5103 /// struct A { int a; }; 5104 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 5105 /// 5106 /// void foo() { 5107 /// B var; 5108 /// var.a = 3; 5109 /// } 5110 /// 5111 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 5112 RecordDecl *Record) { 5113 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 5114 5115 // Mock up a declarator. 5116 Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::TypeNameContext); 5117 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 5118 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 5119 5120 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 5121 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 5122 5123 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 5124 NamedDecl *Anon = 5125 FieldDecl::Create(Context, ParentDecl, DS.getBeginLoc(), DS.getBeginLoc(), 5126 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, RecTy, TInfo, 5127 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 5128 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 5129 Anon->setImplicit(); 5130 5131 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 5132 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 5133 5134 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 5135 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 5136 // purposes. 5137 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 5138 Chain.push_back(Anon); 5139 5140 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 5141 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 5142 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 5143 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 5144 AS_none, Chain)) { 5145 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 5146 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5147 } 5148 5149 return Anon; 5150 } 5151 5152 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 5153 /// given Declarator. 5154 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 5155 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 5156 } 5157 5158 /// Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 5159 DeclarationNameInfo 5160 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 5161 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 5162 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 5163 5164 switch (Name.getKind()) { 5165 5166 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 5167 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier: 5168 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 5169 return NameInfo; 5170 5171 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: { 5172 // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3: 5173 // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization. 5174 // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name 5175 // of the simple-template-id. 5176 // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a 5177 // class template. 5178 // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {}; 5179 // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>; 5180 // Y(int) -> Y<int>; 5181 // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template. 5182 TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get(); 5183 auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl(); 5184 if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) { 5185 Diag(Name.StartLocation, 5186 diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template) 5187 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN; 5188 if (Template) 5189 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); 5190 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5191 } 5192 5193 NameInfo.setName( 5194 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template)); 5195 return NameInfo; 5196 } 5197 5198 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 5199 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 5200 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 5201 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 5202 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 5203 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 5204 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 5205 return NameInfo; 5206 5207 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 5208 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 5209 Name.Identifier)); 5210 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 5211 return NameInfo; 5212 5213 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 5214 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5215 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 5216 if (Ty.isNull()) 5217 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5218 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 5219 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5220 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5221 return NameInfo; 5222 } 5223 5224 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: { 5225 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5226 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 5227 if (Ty.isNull()) 5228 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5229 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 5230 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5231 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5232 return NameInfo; 5233 } 5234 5235 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 5236 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 5237 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 5238 // to find the actual type being constructed. 5239 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 5240 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 5241 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5242 5243 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 5244 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 5245 5246 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 5247 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 5248 // was qualified. 5249 5250 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 5251 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 5252 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 5253 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 5254 return NameInfo; 5255 } 5256 5257 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: { 5258 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5259 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 5260 if (Ty.isNull()) 5261 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5262 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5263 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5264 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5265 return NameInfo; 5266 } 5267 5268 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: { 5269 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 5270 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 5271 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 5272 } 5273 5274 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 5275 5276 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 5277 } 5278 5279 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 5280 do { 5281 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 5282 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 5283 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 5284 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 5285 else 5286 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 5287 } while (true); 5288 } 5289 5290 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 5291 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 5292 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 5293 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 5294 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 5295 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 5296 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 5297 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 5298 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 5299 FunctionDecl *Definition, 5300 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 5301 Params.clear(); 5302 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 5303 return false; 5304 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 5305 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 5306 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 5307 5308 // The parameter types are identical 5309 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 5310 continue; 5311 5312 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 5313 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 5314 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 5315 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 5316 5317 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 5318 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 5319 Params.push_back(Idx); 5320 else // The two parameters aren't even close 5321 return false; 5322 } 5323 5324 return true; 5325 } 5326 5327 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 5328 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 5329 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 5330 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 5331 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 5332 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 5333 DeclarationName Name) { 5334 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 5335 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 5336 // - types which will become injected class names 5337 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 5338 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 5339 // few cases here. 5340 5341 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 5342 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 5343 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 5344 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 5345 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 5346 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 5347 // Grab the type from the parser. 5348 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 5349 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 5350 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 5351 5352 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 5353 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 5354 // attached already. 5355 if (!TSI) 5356 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 5357 5358 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 5359 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 5360 if (!TSI) return true; 5361 5362 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 5363 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 5364 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 5365 break; 5366 } 5367 5368 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 5369 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 5370 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 5371 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 5372 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 5373 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 5374 break; 5375 } 5376 5377 default: 5378 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 5379 break; 5380 } 5381 5382 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 5383 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5384 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 5385 5386 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 5387 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 5388 // pointer. 5389 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 5390 continue; 5391 5392 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 5393 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 5394 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 5395 return true; 5396 } 5397 5398 return false; 5399 } 5400 5401 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5402 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 5403 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 5404 5405 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 5406 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 5407 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5408 5409 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 5410 setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl); 5411 5412 return Dcl; 5413 } 5414 5415 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 5416 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 5417 /// name different from T: 5418 /// - every static data member of class T; 5419 /// - every member function of class T 5420 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 5421 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 5422 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 5423 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 5424 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5425 5426 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5427 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 5428 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 5429 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 5430 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 5431 return true; 5432 } 5433 5434 return false; 5435 } 5436 5437 /// Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 5438 /// nested-name-specifier. 5439 /// 5440 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5441 /// 5442 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 5443 /// resolves. 5444 /// 5445 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 5446 /// 5447 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 5448 /// 5449 /// \param IsTemplateId Whether the name is a (simple-)template-id, and thus 5450 /// we're declaring an explicit / partial specialization / instantiation. 5451 /// 5452 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 5453 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 5454 DeclarationName Name, 5455 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsTemplateId) { 5456 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 5457 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 5458 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 5459 5460 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 5461 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 5462 // 5463 // class X { 5464 // void X::f(); 5465 // }; 5466 // 5467 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 5468 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 5469 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 5470 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5471 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 5472 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 5473 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 5474 SS.clear(); 5475 } else { 5476 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 5477 } 5478 return false; 5479 } 5480 5481 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 5482 // declaration. For a template-id, we perform the checks in 5483 // CheckTemplateSpecializationScope. 5484 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC) && !IsTemplateId) { 5485 if (Cur->isRecord()) 5486 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5487 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5488 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 5489 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 5490 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5491 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 5492 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 5493 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5494 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 5495 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 5496 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5497 else 5498 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 5499 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 5500 5501 return true; 5502 } 5503 5504 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5505 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 5506 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5507 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5508 SS.clear(); 5509 5510 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 5511 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 5512 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 5513 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 5514 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 5515 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 5516 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 5517 return true; 5518 5519 return false; 5520 } 5521 5522 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 5523 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 5524 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 5525 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 5526 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 5527 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 5528 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 5529 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 5530 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 5531 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 5532 5533 return false; 5534 } 5535 5536 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5537 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 5538 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5539 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5540 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5541 5542 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 5543 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 5544 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5545 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 5546 } else if (!Name) { 5547 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 5548 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 5549 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 5550 return nullptr; 5551 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5552 return nullptr; 5553 5554 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 5555 // we find one that is. 5556 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 5557 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 5558 S = S->getParent(); 5559 5560 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5561 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 5562 D.setInvalidType(); 5563 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5564 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5565 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 5566 return nullptr; 5567 5568 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5569 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 5570 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 5571 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 5572 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 5573 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5574 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5575 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5576 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5577 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5578 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5579 return nullptr; 5580 } 5581 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5582 5583 if (!IsDependentContext && 5584 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5585 return nullptr; 5586 5587 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5588 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5589 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5590 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5591 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5592 return nullptr; 5593 } 5594 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5595 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration( 5596 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5597 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId)) { 5598 if (DC->isRecord()) 5599 return nullptr; 5600 5601 D.setInvalidType(); 5602 } 5603 } 5604 5605 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5606 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5607 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5608 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5609 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5610 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5611 D.setInvalidType(); 5612 } 5613 } 5614 5615 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5616 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5617 5618 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5619 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5620 D.setInvalidType(); 5621 5622 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5623 forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 5624 5625 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5626 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5627 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5628 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5629 5630 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5631 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5632 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5633 // 5634 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5635 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5636 // the same name. 5637 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5638 /* Do nothing*/; 5639 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5640 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5641 R->isFunctionType())) { 5642 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5643 CreateBuiltins = 5644 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5645 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5646 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5647 CreateBuiltins = true; 5648 5649 if (IsLinkageLookup) { 5650 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5651 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForExternalRedeclaration); 5652 } 5653 5654 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5655 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5656 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5657 5658 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5659 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5660 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5661 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5662 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5663 // thereof; [...] 5664 // 5665 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5666 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5667 // we want to match. For example, given: 5668 // 5669 // class X { 5670 // void f(); 5671 // void f(float); 5672 // }; 5673 // 5674 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5675 // 5676 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5677 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5678 // matches. 5679 5680 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5681 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5682 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5683 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5684 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5685 } 5686 5687 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5688 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5689 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5690 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5691 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5692 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5693 5694 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5695 Previous.clear(); 5696 } 5697 5698 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5699 // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name. 5700 Previous.clear(); 5701 5702 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5703 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5704 // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and 5705 // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates. 5706 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5707 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 5708 (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType())) 5709 Previous.clear(); 5710 5711 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5712 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5713 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5714 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5715 5716 NamedDecl *New; 5717 5718 bool AddToScope = true; 5719 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5720 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5721 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5722 return nullptr; 5723 } 5724 5725 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5726 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5727 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5728 TemplateParamLists, 5729 AddToScope); 5730 } else { 5731 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5732 AddToScope); 5733 } 5734 5735 if (!New) 5736 return nullptr; 5737 5738 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5739 // add it to the scope stack. 5740 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) 5741 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 5742 5743 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5744 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5745 5746 return New; 5747 } 5748 5749 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5750 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5751 /// GCC compatibility). 5752 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5753 ASTContext &Context, 5754 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5755 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5756 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5757 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5758 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5759 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5760 SizeIsNegative = false; 5761 Oversized = 0; 5762 5763 if (T->isDependentType()) 5764 return QualType(); 5765 5766 QualifierCollector Qs; 5767 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5768 5769 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5770 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5771 QualType FixedType = 5772 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5773 Oversized); 5774 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5775 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5776 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5777 } 5778 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5779 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5780 QualType FixedType = 5781 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5782 Oversized); 5783 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5784 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5785 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5786 } 5787 5788 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5789 if (!VLATy) 5790 return QualType(); 5791 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5792 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5793 return QualType(); 5794 5795 Expr::EvalResult Result; 5796 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5797 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context)) 5798 return QualType(); 5799 5800 llvm::APSInt Res = Result.Val.getInt(); 5801 5802 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5803 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5804 SizeIsNegative = true; 5805 return QualType(); 5806 } 5807 5808 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5809 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5810 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5811 Res); 5812 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5813 Oversized = Res; 5814 return QualType(); 5815 } 5816 5817 return Context.getConstantArrayType( 5818 VLATy->getElementType(), Res, VLATy->getSizeExpr(), ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5819 } 5820 5821 static void 5822 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5823 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5824 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5825 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5826 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5827 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5828 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5829 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5830 return; 5831 } 5832 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5833 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5834 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5835 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5836 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5837 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5838 return; 5839 } 5840 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5841 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5842 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5843 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5844 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5845 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5846 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5847 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5848 } 5849 5850 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5851 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5852 /// GCC compatibility). 5853 static TypeSourceInfo* 5854 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5855 ASTContext &Context, 5856 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5857 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5858 QualType FixedTy 5859 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5860 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5861 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5862 return nullptr; 5863 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5864 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5865 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5866 return FixedTInfo; 5867 } 5868 5869 /// Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5870 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5871 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5872 /// function-scope declarations. 5873 void 5874 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5875 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5876 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5877 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5878 return; 5879 5880 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5881 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5882 } 5883 5884 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5885 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5886 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5887 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5888 } 5889 5890 /// Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5891 /// does not identify a function. 5892 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5893 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5894 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5895 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5896 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5897 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5898 5899 if (DS.hasExplicitSpecifier()) 5900 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5901 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5902 5903 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5904 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5905 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5906 } 5907 5908 NamedDecl* 5909 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5910 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5911 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5912 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5913 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5914 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5915 D.setInvalidType(); 5916 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5917 DC = CurContext; 5918 Previous.clear(); 5919 } 5920 5921 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5922 5923 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5924 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5925 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 5926 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier()) 5927 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5928 << 1 << D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier(); 5929 5930 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) { 5931 if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName) 5932 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, 5933 diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier) 5934 << "typedef"; 5935 else 5936 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5937 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5938 return nullptr; 5939 } 5940 5941 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5942 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5943 5944 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5945 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5946 5947 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5948 5949 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5950 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5951 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5952 return ND; 5953 } 5954 5955 void 5956 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5957 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5958 // then it shall have block scope. 5959 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5960 // that redeclarations will match. 5961 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5962 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5963 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5964 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5965 5966 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5967 bool SizeIsNegative; 5968 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5969 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5970 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5971 SizeIsNegative, 5972 Oversized); 5973 if (FixedTInfo) { 5974 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5975 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5976 } else { 5977 if (SizeIsNegative) 5978 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5979 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5980 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5981 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5982 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5983 << Oversized.toString(10); 5984 else 5985 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5986 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5987 } 5988 } 5989 } 5990 } 5991 5992 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5993 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5994 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5995 NamedDecl* 5996 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5997 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5998 5999 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 6000 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous); 6001 6002 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 6003 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 6004 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 6005 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 6006 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 6007 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6008 Redeclaration = true; 6009 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 6010 } else { 6011 inferGslPointerAttribute(NewTD); 6012 } 6013 6014 if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration) 6015 CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 6016 6017 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 6018 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 6019 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 6020 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6021 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 6022 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 6023 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 6024 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 6025 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 6026 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 6027 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 6028 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 6029 } 6030 6031 return NewTD; 6032 } 6033 6034 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 6035 /// previous declaration. 6036 /// 6037 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 6038 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 6039 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 6040 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 6041 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 6042 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 6043 /// 6044 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 6045 /// lookup 6046 /// 6047 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 6048 /// declared. 6049 /// 6050 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 6051 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 6052 static bool 6053 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 6054 ASTContext &Context) { 6055 if (!PrevDecl) 6056 return false; 6057 6058 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 6059 return false; 6060 6061 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6062 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 6063 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 6064 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 6065 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 6066 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 6067 // linkage of the previous declaration. 6068 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 6069 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6070 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 6071 return false; 6072 6073 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 6074 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 6075 // We found a member function: ignore it. 6076 return false; 6077 6078 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 6079 // previous declarations. 6080 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6081 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6082 6083 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 6084 // isn't the same function. 6085 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 6086 return false; 6087 } 6088 6089 return true; 6090 } 6091 6092 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(Sema &S, DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 6093 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 6094 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 6095 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(S.Context)); 6096 } 6097 6098 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 6099 QualType type = decl->getType(); 6100 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 6101 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 6102 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 6103 unsigned kind = -1U; 6104 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 6105 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6106 kind = 0; // __block 6107 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 6108 kind = 1; // global 6109 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 6110 kind = 3; // ivar 6111 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 6112 kind = 2; // field 6113 } 6114 6115 if (kind != -1U) { 6116 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 6117 << kind; 6118 } 6119 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 6120 // Try to infer lifetime. 6121 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 6122 return false; 6123 6124 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 6125 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 6126 decl->setType(type); 6127 } 6128 6129 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 6130 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 6131 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 6132 var->getTLSKind()) { 6133 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 6134 << var->getType(); 6135 return true; 6136 } 6137 } 6138 6139 return false; 6140 } 6141 6142 void Sema::deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(ValueDecl *Decl) { 6143 if (Decl->getType().hasAddressSpace()) 6144 return; 6145 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 6146 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 6147 if (Type->isSamplerT() || Type->isVoidType()) 6148 return; 6149 LangAS ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_private; 6150 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus || getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) && 6151 Var->hasGlobalStorage()) 6152 ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_global; 6153 // If the original type from a decayed type is an array type and that array 6154 // type has no address space yet, deduce it now. 6155 if (auto DT = dyn_cast<DecayedType>(Type)) { 6156 auto OrigTy = DT->getOriginalType(); 6157 if (!OrigTy.hasAddressSpace() && OrigTy->isArrayType()) { 6158 // Add the address space to the original array type and then propagate 6159 // that to the element type through `getAsArrayType`. 6160 OrigTy = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(OrigTy, ImplAS); 6161 OrigTy = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy), 0); 6162 // Re-generate the decayed type. 6163 Type = Context.getDecayedType(OrigTy); 6164 } 6165 } 6166 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, ImplAS); 6167 // Apply any qualifiers (including address space) from the array type to 6168 // the element type. This implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of 6169 // an array type includes any type qualifiers, the element type is so 6170 // qualified, not the array type." 6171 if (Type->isArrayType()) 6172 Type = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(Type), 0); 6173 Decl->setType(Type); 6174 } 6175 } 6176 6177 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 6178 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 6179 // the wrong linkage. 6180 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 6181 6182 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 6183 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 6184 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 6185 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 6186 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 6187 } 6188 } 6189 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 6190 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 6191 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 6192 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 6193 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 6194 } 6195 } 6196 6197 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 6198 if (VD->hasInit()) { 6199 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 6200 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 6201 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 6202 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 6203 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 6204 } 6205 } 6206 } 6207 6208 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 6209 // It does not apply to functions. 6210 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 6211 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 6212 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 6213 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 6214 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 6215 } 6216 } 6217 6218 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 6219 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 6220 bool IsAnonymousNS = false; 6221 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 6222 if (VD) { 6223 const NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(VD->getDeclContext()); 6224 while (NS && !IsAnonymousNS) { 6225 IsAnonymousNS = NS->isAnonymousNamespace(); 6226 NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(NS->getParent()); 6227 } 6228 } 6229 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 6230 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 6231 // In Microsoft mode, a variable defined in anonymous namespace must have 6232 // external linkage in order to be exported. 6233 bool AnonNSInMicrosoftMode = IsAnonymousNS && IsMicrosoft; 6234 if ((ND.isExternallyVisible() && AnonNSInMicrosoftMode) || 6235 (!AnonNSInMicrosoftMode && 6236 (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())))) { 6237 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 6238 << &ND << Attr; 6239 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 6240 } 6241 } 6242 6243 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 6244 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 6245 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 6246 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 6247 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 6248 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 6249 << Attr; 6250 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 6251 } 6252 6253 // Check the attributes on the function type, if any. 6254 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(&ND)) { 6255 // Don't declare this variable in the second operand of the for-statement; 6256 // GCC miscompiles that by ending its lifetime before evaluating the 6257 // third operand. See gcc.gnu.org/PR86769. 6258 AttributedTypeLoc ATL; 6259 for (TypeLoc TL = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(); 6260 (ATL = TL.getAsAdjusted<AttributedTypeLoc>()); 6261 TL = ATL.getModifiedLoc()) { 6262 // The [[lifetimebound]] attribute can be applied to the implicit object 6263 // parameter of a non-static member function (other than a ctor or dtor) 6264 // by applying it to the function type. 6265 if (const auto *A = ATL.getAttrAs<LifetimeBoundAttr>()) { 6266 const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6267 if (!MD || MD->isStatic()) { 6268 S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_no_object_param) 6269 << !MD << A->getRange(); 6270 } else if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) || isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 6271 S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_ctor_dtor) 6272 << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) << A->getRange(); 6273 } 6274 } 6275 } 6276 } 6277 } 6278 6279 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 6280 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 6281 bool IsSpecialization, 6282 bool IsDefinition) { 6283 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl() || NewDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6284 return; 6285 6286 bool IsTemplate = false; 6287 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6288 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 6289 IsTemplate = true; 6290 if (!IsSpecialization) 6291 IsDefinition = false; 6292 } 6293 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6294 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 6295 IsTemplate = true; 6296 } 6297 6298 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 6299 return; 6300 6301 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6302 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 6303 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6304 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 6305 6306 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 6307 // inherited attribute instances. 6308 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 6309 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 6310 6311 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 6312 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 6313 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 6314 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 6315 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 6316 6317 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 6318 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 6319 bool JustWarn = false; 6320 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 6321 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 6322 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6323 JustWarn = true; 6324 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 6325 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 6326 JustWarn = true; 6327 } 6328 6329 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 6330 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 6331 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 6332 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 6333 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 6334 JustWarn = false; 6335 6336 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 6337 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 6338 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 6339 << NewDecl 6340 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 6341 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6342 if (!JustWarn) { 6343 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6344 return; 6345 } 6346 } 6347 6348 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 6349 // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function 6350 // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or 6351 // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if 6352 // it were marked dllexport. 6353 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 6354 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 6355 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6356 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 6357 // separately. 6358 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 6359 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 6360 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 6361 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6362 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 6363 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 6364 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 6365 } 6366 6367 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && 6368 (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember && 6369 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 6370 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 6371 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6372 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 6373 << NewDecl; 6374 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6375 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6376 NewDecl->addAttr( 6377 DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context, NewImportAttr->getRange())); 6378 } else { 6379 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6380 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6381 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6382 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6383 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 6384 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6385 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6386 } 6387 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 6388 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport 6389 // attribute. 6390 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6391 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6392 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6393 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 6394 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6395 } 6396 6397 // A specialization of a class template member function is processed here 6398 // since it's a redeclaration. If the parent class is dllexport, the 6399 // specialization inherits that attribute. This doesn't happen automatically 6400 // since the parent class isn't instantiated until later. 6401 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6402 if (MD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_MemberSpecialization && 6403 !NewImportAttr && !NewExportAttr) { 6404 if (const DLLExportAttr *ParentExportAttr = 6405 MD->getParent()->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { 6406 DLLExportAttr *NewAttr = ParentExportAttr->clone(S.Context); 6407 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 6408 NewDecl->addAttr(NewAttr); 6409 } 6410 } 6411 } 6412 } 6413 6414 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 6415 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 6416 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 6417 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 6418 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 6419 6420 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 6421 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 6422 6423 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 6424 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 6425 return false; 6426 6427 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 6428 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 6429 } 6430 6431 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 6432 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 6433 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 6434 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 6435 /// 6436 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 6437 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 6438 /// 6439 /// For instance: 6440 /// 6441 /// auto x = []{}; 6442 /// 6443 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 6444 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 6445 /// 6446 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 6447 template<typename T> 6448 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 6449 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6450 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 6451 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 6452 return false; 6453 6454 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 6455 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 6456 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 6457 return false; 6458 } 6459 return D->isExternC(); 6460 } 6461 6462 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 6463 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6464 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || 6465 isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC)) 6466 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 6467 if (DC->isFileContext()) 6468 return true; 6469 if (DC->isRecord()) 6470 return false; 6471 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6472 } 6473 6474 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6475 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6476 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 6477 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC)) 6478 return true; 6479 if (DC->isRecord()) 6480 return false; 6481 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6482 } 6483 6484 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 6485 ParsedAttr::Kind Kind) { 6486 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 6487 if (PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind)) 6488 return true; 6489 6490 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 6491 // position to the decl itself. 6492 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 6493 if (PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs().hasAttribute(Kind)) 6494 return true; 6495 } 6496 6497 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 6498 return PD.getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind); 6499 } 6500 6501 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 6502 /// function-local external declaration. 6503 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 6504 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6505 return false; 6506 6507 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 6508 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 6509 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 6510 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 6511 return true; 6512 6513 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 6514 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 6515 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 6516 // innermost enclosing namespace. 6517 // 6518 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 6519 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 6520 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 6521 DC = DC->getParent(); 6522 return true; 6523 } 6524 6525 /// Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 6526 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 6527 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 6528 return FD->isExternC(); 6529 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 6530 return VD->isExternC(); 6531 6532 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 6533 } 6534 /// Returns true if there hasn't been any invalid type diagnosed. 6535 static bool diagnoseOpenCLTypes(Scope *S, Sema &Se, Declarator &D, 6536 DeclContext *DC, QualType R) { 6537 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 6538 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 6539 // argument. 6540 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 6541 Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6542 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 6543 << R; 6544 D.setInvalidType(); 6545 return false; 6546 } 6547 6548 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6549 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 6550 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 6551 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program 6552 // scope. 6553 if (NULL == S->getParent()) { 6554 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 6555 Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6556 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) 6557 << R; 6558 D.setInvalidType(); 6559 return false; 6560 } 6561 } 6562 6563 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 6564 QualType NR = R; 6565 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 6566 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 6567 Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer); 6568 D.setInvalidType(); 6569 return false; 6570 } 6571 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 6572 } 6573 6574 if (!Se.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) { 6575 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 6576 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 6577 if (Se.Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 6578 Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 6579 D.setInvalidType(); 6580 return false; 6581 } 6582 } 6583 6584 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6585 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 6586 // address space qualifiers. 6587 if (R->isEventT()) { 6588 if (R.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) { 6589 Se.Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 6590 D.setInvalidType(); 6591 return false; 6592 } 6593 } 6594 6595 // C++ for OpenCL does not allow the thread_local storage qualifier. 6596 // OpenCL C does not support thread_local either, and 6597 // also reject all other thread storage class specifiers. 6598 DeclSpec::TSCS TSC = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec(); 6599 if (TSC != TSCS_unspecified) { 6600 bool IsCXX = Se.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus; 6601 Se.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6602 diag::err_opencl_unknown_type_specifier) 6603 << IsCXX << Se.getLangOpts().getOpenCLVersionTuple().getAsString() 6604 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSC) << 1; 6605 D.setInvalidType(); 6606 return false; 6607 } 6608 6609 if (R->isSamplerT()) { 6610 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 6611 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 6612 // space qualifiers. 6613 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 6614 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6615 Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 6616 D.setInvalidType(); 6617 } 6618 6619 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1: 6620 // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address 6621 // space qualifier or with the const qualifier. 6622 if (DC->isTranslationUnit() && 6623 !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6624 R.isConstQualified())) { 6625 Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler); 6626 D.setInvalidType(); 6627 } 6628 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6629 return false; 6630 } 6631 return true; 6632 } 6633 6634 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 6635 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6636 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6637 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 6638 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6639 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 6640 6641 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6642 6643 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6644 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 6645 // purposes. 6646 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 6647 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 6648 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 6649 Name = II; 6650 } 6651 } else if (!II) { 6652 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name; 6653 return nullptr; 6654 } 6655 6656 6657 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 6658 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 6659 6660 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 6661 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 6662 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 6663 hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport) && 6664 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport)) 6665 SC = SC_Extern; 6666 6667 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6668 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 6669 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6670 6671 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 6672 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 6673 // an error here 6674 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 6675 D.setInvalidType(); 6676 SC = SC_None; 6677 } 6678 6679 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 6680 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 6681 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 6682 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 6683 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 6684 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 6685 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6686 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 6687 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 6688 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6689 } 6690 6691 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6692 6693 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6694 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 6695 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 6696 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 6697 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 6698 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 6699 D.setInvalidType(); 6700 } 6701 } 6702 6703 bool IsMemberSpecialization = false; 6704 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 6705 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6706 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6707 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6708 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6709 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6710 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6711 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6712 II, R, TInfo, SC); 6713 6714 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6715 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6716 6717 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6718 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6719 6720 if (NewVD->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() && 6721 NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6722 checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewVD->getType(), NewVD->getLocation(), 6723 NTCUC_AutoVar, NTCUK_Destruct); 6724 } else { 6725 bool Invalid = false; 6726 6727 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6728 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6729 switch (SC) { 6730 case SC_None: 6731 break; 6732 case SC_Static: 6733 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6734 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6735 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6736 break; 6737 case SC_Auto: 6738 case SC_Register: 6739 case SC_Extern: 6740 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6741 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6742 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6743 // of class members 6744 6745 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6746 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6747 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6748 break; 6749 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6750 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6751 } 6752 } 6753 6754 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6755 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6756 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6757 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6758 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6759 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6760 6761 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6762 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6763 if (RD->isUnion()) 6764 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6765 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6766 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6767 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6768 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6769 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6770 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6771 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6772 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6773 } 6774 } 6775 6776 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6777 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6778 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6779 D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6780 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6781 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId 6782 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6783 : nullptr, 6784 TemplateParamLists, 6785 /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, Invalid); 6786 6787 if (TemplateParams) { 6788 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6789 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 6790 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6791 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6792 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6793 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6794 << II 6795 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6796 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6797 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6798 } else { 6799 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 6800 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6801 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6802 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6803 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6804 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6805 // This is a template declaration. 6806 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6807 6808 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6809 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6810 return nullptr; 6811 6812 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6813 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6814 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6815 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6816 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6817 } 6818 } 6819 } else { 6820 assert((Invalid || 6821 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) && 6822 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6823 } 6824 6825 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6826 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6827 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6828 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6829 : SourceLocation(); 6830 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6831 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6832 IsPartialSpecialization); 6833 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6834 return nullptr; 6835 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6836 AddToScope = false; 6837 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6838 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 6839 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6840 Bindings); 6841 } else 6842 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 6843 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6844 6845 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6846 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6847 NewTemplate = 6848 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6849 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6850 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6851 } 6852 6853 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6854 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6855 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6856 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6857 6858 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6859 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6860 if (NewTemplate) 6861 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6862 } 6863 6864 SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewVD, D); 6865 6866 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6867 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6868 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6869 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6870 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6871 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6872 } 6873 6874 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6875 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6876 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6877 << 0; 6878 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6879 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6880 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6881 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6882 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6883 } else { 6884 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6885 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6886 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6887 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6888 } 6889 } 6890 6891 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6892 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6893 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6894 if (NewTemplate) 6895 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6896 6897 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6898 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6899 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6900 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6901 else 6902 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6903 } 6904 6905 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6906 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6907 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6908 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6909 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6910 // explicitly. 6911 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6912 // 'extern'. 6913 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6914 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6915 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6916 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6917 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6918 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6919 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6920 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6921 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 6922 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6923 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6924 // error should be ignored. 6925 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6926 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6927 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6928 // to emit any code for it. 6929 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6930 } else 6931 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6932 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6933 } else 6934 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6935 } 6936 6937 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()) { 6938 case CSK_unspecified: 6939 break; 6940 6941 case CSK_consteval: 6942 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6943 diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind) 6944 << D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier(); 6945 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 6946 6947 case CSK_constexpr: 6948 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6949 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6950 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6951 // implicitly an inline variable. 6952 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && 6953 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 || 6954 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())) 6955 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6956 break; 6957 6958 case CSK_constinit: 6959 if (!NewVD->hasGlobalStorage()) 6960 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6961 diag::err_constinit_local_variable); 6962 else 6963 NewVD->addAttr(ConstInitAttr::Create( 6964 Context, D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6965 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword, ConstInitAttr::Keyword_constinit)); 6966 break; 6967 } 6968 6969 // C99 6.7.4p3 6970 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6971 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6972 // thread storage duration... 6973 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6974 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6975 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6976 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6977 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6978 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6979 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6980 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6981 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6982 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6983 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6984 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6985 } 6986 } 6987 6988 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6989 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6990 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6991 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6992 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6993 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6994 else if (IsMemberSpecialization) 6995 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6996 << 2 6997 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6998 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6999 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7000 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 7001 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7002 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7003 else { 7004 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 7005 if (NewTemplate) 7006 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7007 for (auto *B : Bindings) 7008 B->setModulePrivate(); 7009 } 7010 } 7011 7012 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7013 7014 deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(NewVD); 7015 7016 diagnoseOpenCLTypes(S, *this, D, DC, NewVD->getType()); 7017 } 7018 7019 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 7020 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 7021 7022 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 7023 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && 7024 ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) || 7025 (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && 7026 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::isDeclareTargetDeclaration(NewVD)))) 7027 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7028 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 7029 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 7030 // storage [duration]." 7031 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 7032 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 7033 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 7034 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 7035 } 7036 } 7037 7038 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 7039 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 7040 // check the VarDecl itself. 7041 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 7042 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 7043 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 7044 7045 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 7046 // retainable type. 7047 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 7048 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7049 7050 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7051 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 7052 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7053 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7054 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 7055 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 7056 switch (SC) { 7057 case SC_None: 7058 case SC_Auto: 7059 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 7060 break; 7061 case SC_Register: 7062 // Local Named register 7063 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 7064 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 7065 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 7066 break; 7067 case SC_Static: 7068 case SC_Extern: 7069 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7070 break; 7071 } 7072 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 7073 // Global Named register 7074 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 7075 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 7076 bool HasSizeMismatch; 7077 7078 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 7079 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 7080 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 7081 Context.getTypeSize(R), 7082 HasSizeMismatch)) 7083 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 7084 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 7085 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 7086 } 7087 7088 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 7089 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 7090 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7091 } 7092 } 7093 7094 NewVD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, Label, 7095 /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true, 7096 SE->getStrTokenLoc(0))); 7097 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7098 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7099 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 7100 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7101 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 7102 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 7103 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7104 } else 7105 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7106 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 7107 } 7108 } 7109 7110 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 7111 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() 7112 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) 7113 : nullptr; 7114 7115 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 7116 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 7117 // declaration has linkage). 7118 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 7119 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7120 IsMemberSpecialization || 7121 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 7122 7123 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 7124 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 7125 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7126 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 7127 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 7128 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 7129 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 7130 7131 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7132 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 7133 } else { 7134 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 7135 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 7136 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 7137 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7138 7139 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 7140 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7141 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 7142 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 7143 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7144 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 7145 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7146 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 7147 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7148 Previous.clear(); 7149 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7150 } 7151 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7152 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 7153 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 7154 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 7155 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7156 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7157 } 7158 7159 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 7160 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 7161 7162 if (NewTemplate) { 7163 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 7164 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 7165 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 7166 : nullptr; 7167 7168 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 7169 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 7170 // template declaration. 7171 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 7172 TemplateParams, 7173 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7174 : nullptr, 7175 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 7176 DC->isDependentContext()) 7177 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7178 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 7179 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7180 7181 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 7182 // template, make a note of that. 7183 if (PrevVarTemplate && 7184 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 7185 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 7186 } 7187 } 7188 7189 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. 7190 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) 7191 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 7192 7193 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 7194 7195 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7196 // the map of such variables. 7197 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 7198 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 7199 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 7200 7201 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7202 MangleNumberingContext *MCtx; 7203 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 7204 std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) = 7205 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext()); 7206 if (MCtx) { 7207 Context.setManglingNumber( 7208 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 7209 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 7210 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 7211 } 7212 } 7213 7214 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 7215 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 7216 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 7217 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 7218 7219 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 7220 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 7221 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 7222 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 7223 7224 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 7225 // behavior. 7226 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 7227 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 7228 } 7229 7230 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7231 NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7232 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewVD, IsMemberSpecialization, 7233 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 7234 } 7235 7236 if (NewTemplate) { 7237 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7238 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7239 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 7240 return NewTemplate; 7241 } 7242 7243 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7244 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous); 7245 7246 return NewVD; 7247 } 7248 7249 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 7250 enum ShadowedDeclKind { 7251 SDK_Local, 7252 SDK_Global, 7253 SDK_StaticMember, 7254 SDK_Field, 7255 SDK_Typedef, 7256 SDK_Using 7257 }; 7258 7259 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 7260 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 7261 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 7262 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7263 return SDK_Using; 7264 else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7265 return SDK_Typedef; 7266 else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 7267 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 7268 7269 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 7270 } 7271 7272 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 7273 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 7274 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 7275 const VarDecl *VD) { 7276 for (const Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 7277 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 7278 return Capture.getLocation(); 7279 } 7280 return SourceLocation(); 7281 } 7282 7283 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, 7284 const LookupResult &R) { 7285 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 7286 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 7287 return false; 7288 7289 // Return false if warning is ignored. 7290 return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()); 7291 } 7292 7293 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 7294 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 7295 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, 7296 const LookupResult &R) { 7297 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 7298 return nullptr; 7299 7300 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 7301 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 7302 return nullptr; 7303 7304 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7305 return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) 7306 ? ShadowedDecl 7307 : nullptr; 7308 } 7309 7310 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null 7311 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 7312 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, 7313 const LookupResult &R) { 7314 // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class 7315 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 7316 return nullptr; 7317 7318 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 7319 return nullptr; 7320 7321 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7322 return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr; 7323 } 7324 7325 /// Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 7326 /// -Wshadow. 7327 /// 7328 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 7329 /// scope. 7330 /// 7331 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable 7332 /// \param R the lookup of the name 7333 /// 7334 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 7335 const LookupResult &R) { 7336 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 7337 7338 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 7339 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 7340 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 7341 if (MD->isStatic()) 7342 return; 7343 7344 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 7345 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 7346 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC)) 7347 if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 7348 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 7349 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 7350 ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD}); 7351 return; 7352 } 7353 } 7354 7355 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7356 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 7357 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 7358 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 7359 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 7360 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 7361 ShadowedDecl = I; 7362 break; 7363 } 7364 } 7365 7366 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7367 7368 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 7369 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 7370 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && 7371 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 7372 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 7373 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 7374 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 7375 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 7376 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 7377 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 7378 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 7379 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7380 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 7381 } else { 7382 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 7383 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 7384 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 7385 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back( 7386 {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 7387 return; 7388 } 7389 } 7390 7391 if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) { 7392 // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if 7393 // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context. 7394 for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC; 7395 ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC); 7396 ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) { 7397 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions 7398 // can capture; other scopes don't. 7399 if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) && 7400 !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) { 7401 return; 7402 } 7403 } 7404 } 7405 } 7406 } 7407 7408 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 7409 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 7410 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 7411 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 7412 return; 7413 7414 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 7415 // static data members from base classes? 7416 7417 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 7418 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 7419 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 7420 } 7421 7422 7423 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 7424 7425 // Emit warning and note. 7426 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 7427 return; 7428 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 7429 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 7430 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7431 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7432 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 7433 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7434 } 7435 7436 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 7437 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 7438 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 7439 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 7440 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 7441 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 7442 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 7443 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7444 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 7445 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 7446 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 7447 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 7448 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 7449 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7450 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7451 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 7452 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7453 } 7454 } 7455 7456 /// Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 7457 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 7458 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 7459 return; 7460 7461 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 7462 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 7463 LookupName(R, S); 7464 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) 7465 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); 7466 } 7467 7468 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 7469 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 7470 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 7471 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 7472 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 7473 return; 7474 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7475 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 7476 if (!DRE) 7477 return; 7478 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 7479 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 7480 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 7481 return; 7482 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 7483 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7484 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 7485 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 7486 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7487 7488 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 7489 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 7490 } 7491 7492 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 7493 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 7494 template<typename T> 7495 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 7496 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 7497 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 7498 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 7499 7500 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7501 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 7502 // declaration. 7503 return false; 7504 } 7505 7506 if (Prev) { 7507 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7508 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 7509 // redeclaration. 7510 Previous.clear(); 7511 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7512 return true; 7513 } 7514 7515 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 7516 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 7517 // declaration. 7518 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 7519 return false; 7520 } else { 7521 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 7522 // translation unit which might conflict. 7523 if (IsGlobal) { 7524 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 7525 IsGlobal = false; 7526 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7527 I != E; ++I) { 7528 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7529 Prev = *I; 7530 break; 7531 } 7532 } 7533 } else { 7534 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 7535 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 7536 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 7537 I != E; ++I) { 7538 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7539 Prev = *I; 7540 break; 7541 } 7542 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 7543 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 7544 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 7545 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 7546 // diagnostic. 7547 } 7548 } 7549 7550 if (!Prev) 7551 return false; 7552 } 7553 7554 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 7555 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 7556 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 7557 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 7558 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 7559 else 7560 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 7561 7562 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 7563 << IsGlobal << ND; 7564 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 7565 << IsGlobal; 7566 return false; 7567 } 7568 7569 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 7570 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 7571 /// 7572 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 7573 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 7574 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 7575 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 7576 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 7577 template<typename T> 7578 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 7579 LookupResult &Previous) { 7580 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7581 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 7582 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 7583 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 7584 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7585 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 7586 Previous.clear(); 7587 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7588 return true; 7589 } 7590 } 7591 return false; 7592 } 7593 7594 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 7595 // declaration. 7596 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 7597 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 7598 7599 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 7600 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 7601 // in another scope. 7602 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 7603 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 7604 7605 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 7606 return false; 7607 } 7608 7609 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 7610 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7611 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7612 return; 7613 7614 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 7615 7616 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 7617 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 7618 return; 7619 7620 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 7621 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 7622 7623 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7624 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 7625 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 7626 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7627 NewVD->setType(T); 7628 } 7629 7630 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 7631 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 7632 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 7633 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 7634 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 7635 T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { 7636 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0; 7637 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7638 return; 7639 } 7640 7641 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 7642 // scope. 7643 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 7644 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") && 7645 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7646 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 7647 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7648 return; 7649 } 7650 7651 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7652 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 7653 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7654 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 7655 return; 7656 } 7657 7658 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 7659 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 7660 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 7661 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7662 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 7663 << 0 /*const*/; 7664 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7665 return; 7666 } 7667 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7668 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 7669 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7670 return; 7671 } 7672 } 7673 // OpenCL C v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 7674 // __constant address space. 7675 // OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 7676 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 7677 // address space. 7678 // C++ for OpenCL inherits rule from OpenCL C v2.0. 7679 // FIXME: Adding local AS in C++ for OpenCL might make sense. 7680 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 7681 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7682 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 7683 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7684 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 7685 (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200 || 7686 getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)))) { 7687 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 7688 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) 7689 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7690 << Scope << "global or constant"; 7691 else 7692 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7693 << Scope << "constant"; 7694 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7695 return; 7696 } 7697 } else { 7698 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 7699 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7700 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 7701 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7702 return; 7703 } 7704 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7705 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 7706 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 7707 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables 7708 // in functions. 7709 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7710 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7711 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7712 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 7713 else 7714 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7715 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 7716 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7717 return; 7718 } 7719 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be 7720 // in the outermost scope of a kernel function. 7721 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7722 if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) { 7723 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7724 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7725 << "constant"; 7726 else 7727 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7728 << "local"; 7729 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7730 return; 7731 } 7732 } 7733 } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private && 7734 // If we are parsing a template we didn't deduce an addr 7735 // space yet. 7736 T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { 7737 // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable. 7738 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1; 7739 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7740 return; 7741 } 7742 } 7743 } 7744 7745 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 7746 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7747 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 7748 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 7749 else { 7750 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 7751 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 7752 } 7753 } 7754 7755 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 7756 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 7757 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7758 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7759 7760 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 7761 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 7762 bool SizeIsNegative; 7763 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7764 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo( 7765 NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 7766 QualType FixedT; 7767 if (FixedTInfo && T == NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()) 7768 FixedT = FixedTInfo->getType(); 7769 else if (FixedTInfo) { 7770 // Type and type-as-written are canonically different. We need to fix up 7771 // both types separately. 7772 FixedT = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 7773 Oversized); 7774 } 7775 if ((!FixedTInfo || FixedT.isNull()) && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 7776 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 7777 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 7778 // int a[10][n]; 7779 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 7780 7781 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7782 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 7783 << SizeRange; 7784 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 7785 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 7786 << SizeRange; 7787 else 7788 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 7789 << SizeRange; 7790 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7791 return; 7792 } 7793 7794 if (!FixedTInfo) { 7795 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7796 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 7797 else 7798 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 7799 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7800 return; 7801 } 7802 7803 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7804 NewVD->setType(FixedT); 7805 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 7806 } 7807 7808 if (T->isVoidType()) { 7809 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 7810 // of objects and functions. 7811 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7812 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 7813 << T; 7814 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7815 return; 7816 } 7817 } 7818 7819 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7820 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7821 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7822 return; 7823 } 7824 7825 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7826 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 7827 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7828 return; 7829 } 7830 7831 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 7832 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 7833 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 7834 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7835 return; 7836 } 7837 } 7838 7839 /// Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 7840 /// declaration. 7841 /// 7842 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 7843 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 7844 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 7845 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 7846 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 7847 /// 7848 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7849 /// 7850 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7851 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7852 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7853 7854 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7855 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7856 return false; 7857 7858 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7859 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7860 if (Previous.empty() && 7861 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7862 Previous.setShadowed(); 7863 7864 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7865 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7866 return true; 7867 } 7868 return false; 7869 } 7870 7871 namespace { 7872 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7873 Sema *S; 7874 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7875 7876 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7877 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7878 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7879 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7880 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7881 Specifier->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7882 7883 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7884 7885 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7886 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7887 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7888 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7889 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7890 7891 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7892 } 7893 7894 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7895 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7896 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7897 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7898 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7899 return true; 7900 } 7901 } 7902 7903 return false; 7904 } 7905 }; 7906 7907 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7908 } // end anonymous namespace 7909 7910 /// Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7911 /// overridden methods. 7912 /// 7913 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7914 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7915 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7916 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7917 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7918 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7919 for (const CXXMethodDecl *O : MD->overridden_methods()) { 7920 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7921 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7922 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7923 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7924 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !O->isDeleted()) || 7925 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && O->isDeleted())) 7926 S.Diag(O->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7927 } 7928 } 7929 7930 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7931 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7932 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7933 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7934 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7935 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7936 FOM.Method = MD; 7937 FOM.S = this; 7938 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7939 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7940 bool AddedAny = false; 7941 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7942 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7943 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7944 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7945 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7946 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7947 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7948 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7949 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7950 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7951 AddedAny = true; 7952 } 7953 } 7954 } 7955 } 7956 7957 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7958 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7959 } 7960 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7961 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7962 } 7963 7964 return AddedAny; 7965 } 7966 7967 namespace { 7968 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7969 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7970 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7971 Scope *S; 7972 Declarator &D; 7973 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7974 bool AddToScope; 7975 }; 7976 } // end anonymous namespace 7977 7978 namespace { 7979 7980 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7981 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7982 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7983 public: 7984 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7985 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7986 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7987 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7988 7989 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7990 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7991 return false; 7992 7993 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7994 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7995 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7996 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7997 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7998 7999 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 8000 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 8001 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 8002 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 8003 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 8004 return true; 8005 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 8006 return true; 8007 } 8008 } 8009 } 8010 8011 return false; 8012 } 8013 8014 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { 8015 return std::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(*this); 8016 } 8017 8018 private: 8019 ASTContext &Context; 8020 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 8021 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 8022 }; 8023 8024 } // end anonymous namespace 8025 8026 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) { 8027 TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F); 8028 } 8029 8030 /// Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 8031 /// 8032 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 8033 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 8034 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 8035 /// the same name. 8036 /// 8037 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 8038 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 8039 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8040 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8041 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 8042 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 8043 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 8044 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 8045 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 8046 TypoCorrection Correction; 8047 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 8048 unsigned DiagMsg = 8049 IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend : 8050 NewFD->getFriendObjectKind() ? diag::err_qualified_friend_no_match : 8051 diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 8052 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 8053 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 8054 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 8055 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 8056 8057 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8058 if (IsLocalFriend) 8059 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 8060 else 8061 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 8062 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 8063 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 8064 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8065 DifferentNameValidatorCCC CCC(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 8066 MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr); 8067 if (!Prev.empty()) { 8068 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 8069 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 8070 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 8071 if (FD && 8072 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 8073 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 8074 // involve a parameter 8075 unsigned ParamNum = 8076 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 8077 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 8078 } 8079 } 8080 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 8081 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 8082 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 8083 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), CCC, Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, 8084 IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 8085 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 8086 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 8087 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8088 Previous.clear(); 8089 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 8090 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 8091 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 8092 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 8093 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 8094 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 8095 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 8096 Previous.addDecl(FD); 8097 } 8098 } 8099 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 8100 8101 NamedDecl *Result; 8102 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 8103 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 8104 { 8105 // Trap errors. 8106 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 8107 8108 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 8109 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 8110 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 8111 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 8112 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 8113 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 8114 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 8115 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 8116 8117 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 8118 Result = nullptr; 8119 } 8120 8121 if (Result) { 8122 // Determine which correction we picked. 8123 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 8124 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 8125 I != E; ++I) 8126 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 8127 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 8128 8129 // Let Sema know about the correction. 8130 SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result); 8131 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 8132 Correction, 8133 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 8134 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 8135 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 8136 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 8137 return Result; 8138 } 8139 8140 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 8141 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 8142 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8143 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 8144 Previous.clear(); 8145 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 8146 } 8147 8148 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 8149 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 8150 8151 bool NewFDisConst = false; 8152 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8153 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 8154 8155 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 8156 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 8157 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 8158 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 8159 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 8160 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 8161 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 8162 8163 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 8164 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 8165 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 8166 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 8167 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 8168 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 8169 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 8170 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 8171 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 8172 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 8173 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 8174 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 8175 } else 8176 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8177 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 8178 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 8179 } 8180 return nullptr; 8181 } 8182 8183 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 8184 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 8185 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 8186 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 8187 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 8188 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 8189 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8190 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 8191 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 8192 D.setInvalidType(); 8193 break; 8194 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 8195 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 8196 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 8197 return SC_None; 8198 return SC_Extern; 8199 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 8200 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8201 // C99 6.7.1p5: 8202 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 8203 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 8204 // other than extern 8205 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 8206 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8207 diag::err_static_block_func); 8208 break; 8209 } else 8210 return SC_Static; 8211 } 8212 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 8213 } 8214 8215 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 8216 return SC_None; 8217 } 8218 8219 static FunctionDecl *CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 8220 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 8221 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 8222 StorageClass SC, 8223 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 8224 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 8225 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 8226 8227 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 8228 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 8229 8230 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8231 // Determine whether the function was written with a 8232 // prototype. This true when: 8233 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 8234 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non- 8235 // attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a 8236 // function type). 8237 bool HasPrototype = 8238 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 8239 (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 8240 8241 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, 8242 R, TInfo, SC, isInline, HasPrototype, 8243 CSK_unspecified); 8244 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8245 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8246 8247 return NewFD; 8248 } 8249 8250 ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpecifier = D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecifier(); 8251 8252 ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier(); 8253 if (ConstexprKind == CSK_constinit) { 8254 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 8255 diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind) 8256 << ConstexprKind; 8257 ConstexprKind = CSK_unspecified; 8258 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearConstexprSpec(); 8259 } 8260 8261 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 8262 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 8263 // the class has been completely parsed. 8264 if (!DC->isRecord() && 8265 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 8266 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 8267 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 8268 D.setInvalidType(); 8269 8270 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 8271 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 8272 assert(DC->isRecord() && 8273 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 8274 8275 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8276 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create( 8277 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 8278 TInfo, ExplicitSpecifier, isInline, 8279 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind); 8280 8281 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8282 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 8283 if (DC->isRecord()) { 8284 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8285 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 8286 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 8287 SemaRef.Context, Record, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, TInfo, 8288 isInline, 8289 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind); 8290 8291 // If the destructor needs an implicit exception specification, set it 8292 // now. FIXME: It'd be nice to be able to create the right type to start 8293 // with, but the type needs to reference the destructor declaration. 8294 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8295 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(NewDD); 8296 8297 IsVirtualOkay = true; 8298 return NewDD; 8299 8300 } else { 8301 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 8302 D.setInvalidType(); 8303 8304 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 8305 // code path. 8306 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 8307 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, SC, 8308 isInline, 8309 /*hasPrototype=*/true, ConstexprKind); 8310 } 8311 8312 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 8313 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 8314 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8315 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 8316 return nullptr; 8317 } 8318 8319 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8320 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8321 return nullptr; 8322 8323 IsVirtualOkay = true; 8324 return CXXConversionDecl::Create( 8325 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 8326 TInfo, isInline, ExplicitSpecifier, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation()); 8327 8328 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) { 8329 SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8330 8331 return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 8332 ExplicitSpecifier, NameInfo, R, TInfo, 8333 D.getEndLoc()); 8334 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 8335 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 8336 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 8337 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 8338 // constructor if it has no return type). 8339 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 8340 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 8341 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 8342 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 8343 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8344 return nullptr; 8345 } 8346 8347 // This is a C++ method declaration. 8348 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create( 8349 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 8350 TInfo, SC, isInline, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation()); 8351 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 8352 return Ret; 8353 } else { 8354 bool isFriend = 8355 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8356 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 8357 return nullptr; 8358 8359 // Determine whether the function was written with a 8360 // prototype. This true when: 8361 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 8362 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, 8363 R, TInfo, SC, isInline, true /*HasPrototype*/, 8364 ConstexprKind); 8365 } 8366 } 8367 8368 enum OpenCLParamType { 8369 ValidKernelParam, 8370 PtrPtrKernelParam, 8371 PtrKernelParam, 8372 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, 8373 InvalidKernelParam, 8374 RecordKernelParam 8375 }; 8376 8377 static bool isOpenCLSizeDependentType(ASTContext &C, QualType Ty) { 8378 // Size dependent types are just typedefs to normal integer types 8379 // (e.g. unsigned long), so we cannot distinguish them from other typedefs to 8380 // integers other than by their names. 8381 StringRef SizeTypeNames[] = {"size_t", "intptr_t", "uintptr_t", "ptrdiff_t"}; 8382 8383 // Remove typedefs one by one until we reach a typedef 8384 // for a size dependent type. 8385 QualType DesugaredTy = Ty; 8386 do { 8387 ArrayRef<StringRef> Names(SizeTypeNames); 8388 auto Match = llvm::find(Names, DesugaredTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString()); 8389 if (Names.end() != Match) 8390 return true; 8391 8392 Ty = DesugaredTy; 8393 DesugaredTy = Ty.getSingleStepDesugaredType(C); 8394 } while (DesugaredTy != Ty); 8395 8396 return false; 8397 } 8398 8399 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 8400 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 8401 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 8402 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 8403 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 8404 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || 8405 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private || 8406 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default) 8407 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; 8408 return PtrKernelParam; 8409 } 8410 8411 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8412 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8413 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8414 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be one 8415 // of these built-in scalar types. 8416 if (isOpenCLSizeDependentType(S.getASTContext(), PT)) 8417 return InvalidKernelParam; 8418 8419 if (PT->isImageType()) 8420 return PtrKernelParam; 8421 8422 if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT()) 8423 return InvalidKernelParam; 8424 8425 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 8426 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 8427 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 8428 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType()) 8429 return InvalidKernelParam; 8430 8431 if (PT->isRecordType()) 8432 return RecordKernelParam; 8433 8434 // Look into an array argument to check if it has a forbidden type. 8435 if (PT->isArrayType()) { 8436 const Type *UnderlyingTy = PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(); 8437 // Call ourself to check an underlying type of an array. Since the 8438 // getPointeeOrArrayElementType returns an innermost type which is not an 8439 // array, this recursive call only happens once. 8440 return getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QualType(UnderlyingTy, 0)); 8441 } 8442 8443 return ValidKernelParam; 8444 } 8445 8446 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 8447 Sema &S, 8448 Declarator &D, 8449 ParmVarDecl *Param, 8450 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 8451 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8452 8453 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 8454 // used again 8455 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 8456 return; 8457 8458 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 8459 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 8460 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 8461 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 8462 // pointer to a pointer type. 8463 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 8464 D.setInvalidType(); 8465 return; 8466 8467 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: 8468 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: 8469 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point 8470 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or 8471 // __constant. 8472 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); 8473 D.setInvalidType(); 8474 return; 8475 8476 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8477 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8478 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8479 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 8480 // one of these built-in scalar types. 8481 8482 case InvalidKernelParam: 8483 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 8484 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 8485 // of event_t type. 8486 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 8487 // type for any function elsewhere. 8488 if (!PT->isHalfType()) { 8489 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8490 8491 // Explain what typedefs are involved. 8492 const TypedefType *Typedef = nullptr; 8493 while ((Typedef = PT->getAs<TypedefType>())) { 8494 SourceLocation Loc = Typedef->getDecl()->getLocation(); 8495 // SourceLocation may be invalid for a built-in type. 8496 if (Loc.isValid()) 8497 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PT; 8498 PT = Typedef->desugar(); 8499 } 8500 } 8501 8502 D.setInvalidType(); 8503 return; 8504 8505 case PtrKernelParam: 8506 case ValidKernelParam: 8507 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 8508 return; 8509 8510 case RecordKernelParam: 8511 break; 8512 } 8513 8514 // Track nested structs we will inspect 8515 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 8516 8517 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 8518 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 8519 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 8520 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 8521 8522 // At this point we already handled everything except of a RecordType or 8523 // an ArrayType of a RecordType. 8524 assert((PT->isArrayType() || PT->isRecordType()) && "Unexpected type."); 8525 const RecordType *RecTy = 8526 PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 8527 const RecordDecl *OrigRecDecl = RecTy->getDecl(); 8528 8529 VisitStack.push_back(RecTy->getDecl()); 8530 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 8531 8532 do { 8533 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 8534 if (!Next) { 8535 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 8536 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 8537 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 8538 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 8539 8540 continue; 8541 } 8542 8543 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 8544 // field itself) to the history stack. 8545 const RecordDecl *RD; 8546 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 8547 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 8548 8549 QualType FieldTy = Field->getType(); 8550 // Other field types (known to be valid or invalid) are handled while we 8551 // walk around RecordDecl::fields(). 8552 assert((FieldTy->isArrayType() || FieldTy->isRecordType()) && 8553 "Unexpected type."); 8554 const Type *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(); 8555 8556 RD = FieldRecTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 8557 } else { 8558 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 8559 } 8560 8561 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 8562 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 8563 8564 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 8565 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 8566 8567 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 8568 continue; 8569 8570 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 8571 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 8572 continue; 8573 8574 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 8575 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 8576 continue; 8577 } 8578 8579 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 8580 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 8581 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 8582 // union. 8583 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 8584 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { 8585 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 8586 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 8587 << PT->isUnionType() 8588 << PT; 8589 } else { 8590 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8591 } 8592 8593 S.Diag(OrigRecDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8594 << OrigRecDecl->getDeclName(); 8595 8596 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 8597 // the offending field came from 8598 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 8599 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 8600 E = HistoryStack.end(); 8601 I != E; ++I) { 8602 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 8603 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8604 << OuterField->getType(); 8605 } 8606 8607 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 8608 << QT->isPointerType() 8609 << QT; 8610 D.setInvalidType(); 8611 return; 8612 } 8613 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 8614 } 8615 8616 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8617 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8618 /// nothing. 8619 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8620 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8621 DC = DC->getParent(); 8622 return DC; 8623 } 8624 8625 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8626 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8627 /// nothing. 8628 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 8629 while (S->isClassScope() || 8630 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 8631 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8632 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8633 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 8634 S = S->getParent(); 8635 return S; 8636 } 8637 8638 NamedDecl* 8639 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 8640 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 8641 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 8642 bool &AddToScope) { 8643 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 8644 8645 assert(R->isFunctionType()); 8646 8647 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 8648 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 8649 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 8650 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 8651 8652 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 8653 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8654 diag::err_invalid_thread) 8655 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 8656 8657 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 8658 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 8659 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8660 8661 bool isFriend = false; 8662 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 8663 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 8664 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8665 8666 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 8667 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8668 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 8669 8670 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 8671 8672 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 8673 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 8674 8675 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 8676 isVirtualOkay); 8677 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 8678 8679 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 8680 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 8681 8682 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 8683 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 8684 // context will be different from the semantic context. 8685 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8686 8687 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 8688 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 8689 8690 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8691 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 8692 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 8693 bool hasExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().hasExplicitSpecifier(); 8694 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8695 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8696 // C++ [class.friend]p5 8697 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 8698 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 8699 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8700 } 8701 8702 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 8703 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 8704 // return true). 8705 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 8706 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 8707 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 8708 NewFD->setPure(true); 8709 8710 // C++ [class.union]p2 8711 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 8712 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 8713 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 8714 } 8715 8716 SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewFD, D); 8717 isMemberSpecialization = false; 8718 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8719 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8720 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8721 8722 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 8723 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 8724 bool Invalid = false; 8725 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 8726 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 8727 D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8728 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 8729 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId 8730 ? D.getName().TemplateId 8731 : nullptr, 8732 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization, 8733 Invalid)) { 8734 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8735 // This is a function template 8736 8737 // Check that we can declare a template here. 8738 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 8739 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8740 8741 // A destructor cannot be a template. 8742 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8743 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 8744 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8745 } 8746 8747 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 8748 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 8749 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 8750 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 8751 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 8752 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 8753 Invalid = true; 8754 } 8755 8756 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 8757 NewFD->getLocation(), 8758 Name, TemplateParams, 8759 NewFD); 8760 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8761 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 8762 8763 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 8764 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 8765 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8766 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 8767 } 8768 } else { 8769 // This is a function template specialization. 8770 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8771 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8772 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8773 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8774 8775 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 8776 if (isFriend) { 8777 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 8778 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 8779 8780 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 8781 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 8782 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 8783 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 8784 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 8785 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 8786 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 8787 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 8788 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 8789 } 8790 8791 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 8792 << Name << RemoveRange 8793 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 8794 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 8795 } 8796 } 8797 } else { 8798 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 8799 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 8800 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8801 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8802 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8803 } 8804 8805 if (Invalid) { 8806 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8807 if (FunctionTemplate) 8808 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8809 } 8810 8811 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 8812 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 8813 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 8814 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 8815 // 8816 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8817 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 8818 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8819 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 8820 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8821 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 8822 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8823 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 8824 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8825 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8826 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 8827 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 8828 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8829 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 8830 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8831 } else { 8832 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 8833 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 8834 } 8835 8836 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8837 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 8838 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 8839 } 8840 8841 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8842 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 8843 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 8844 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8845 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 8846 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 8847 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 8848 // thing to do. 8849 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 8850 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 8851 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8852 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8853 QualType Result = 8854 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 8855 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 8856 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 8857 } 8858 8859 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 8860 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 8861 // declaration. 8862 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8863 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8864 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 8865 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8866 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 8867 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 8868 } 8869 } 8870 8871 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 8872 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 8873 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 8874 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 8875 if (hasExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8876 !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 8877 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8878 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 8879 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8880 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 8881 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange()); 8882 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 8883 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8884 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 8885 // or conversion function. 8886 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8887 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 8888 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange()); 8889 } 8890 } 8891 8892 if (ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = 8893 D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()) { 8894 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 8895 // are implicitly inline. 8896 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8897 8898 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 8899 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 8900 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 8901 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD) && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a) { 8902 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor) 8903 << ConstexprKind; 8904 } 8905 } 8906 8907 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8908 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8909 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8910 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8911 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8912 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8913 << 0 8914 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8915 } else { 8916 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8917 if (FunctionTemplate) 8918 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8919 } 8920 } 8921 8922 if (isFriend) { 8923 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8924 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8925 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8926 } 8927 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8928 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8929 } 8930 8931 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8932 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8933 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8934 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8935 case FDK_Declaration: 8936 case FDK_Definition: 8937 break; 8938 8939 case FDK_Defaulted: 8940 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8941 break; 8942 8943 case FDK_Deleted: 8944 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8945 break; 8946 } 8947 8948 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8949 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8950 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8951 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8952 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8953 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8954 } 8955 8956 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8957 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8958 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8959 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8960 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8961 // the class. 8962 8963 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8964 // member function definition. 8965 8966 // MSVC permits the use of a 'static' storage specifier on an out-of-line 8967 // member function template declaration and class member template 8968 // declaration (MSVC versions before 2015), warn about this. 8969 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8970 ((!getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) && 8971 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getDescribedClassTemplate()) || 8972 (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())) 8973 ? diag::ext_static_out_of_line : diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8974 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8975 } 8976 8977 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8978 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8979 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8980 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8981 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8982 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8983 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8984 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8985 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8986 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8987 } 8988 8989 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8990 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8991 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8992 isMemberSpecialization || 8993 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8994 8995 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8996 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8997 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8998 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8999 NewFD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, SE->getString(), 9000 /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true, 9001 SE->getStrTokenLoc(0))); 9002 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 9003 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 9004 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 9005 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 9006 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 9007 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 9008 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 9009 } else 9010 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 9011 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 9012 } 9013 } 9014 9015 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 9016 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 9017 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 9018 unsigned FTIIdx; 9019 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { 9020 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; 9021 9022 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 9023 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 9024 // single void argument. 9025 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 9026 // already checks for that case. 9027 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 9028 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 9029 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 9030 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 9031 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 9032 Params.push_back(Param); 9033 9034 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 9035 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9036 } 9037 } 9038 9039 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9040 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them 9041 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag 9042 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always 9043 // the TU. 9044 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = 9045 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); 9046 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { 9047 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); 9048 9049 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum 9050 // instead. 9051 if (!TD) { 9052 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) 9053 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 9054 } 9055 if (!TD) 9056 continue; 9057 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 9058 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) 9059 continue; 9060 TagDC->removeDecl(TD); 9061 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); 9062 NewFD->addDecl(TD); 9063 9064 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag 9065 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of 9066 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the 9067 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: 9068 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); 9069 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) 9070 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); 9071 } 9072 } 9073 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9074 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 9075 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 9076 // parameters for use in the declaration. 9077 // 9078 // @code 9079 // typedef void fn(int); 9080 // fn f; 9081 // @endcode 9082 9083 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 9084 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 9085 ParmVarDecl *Param = 9086 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 9087 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 9088 Params.push_back(Param); 9089 } 9090 } else { 9091 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 9092 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 9093 } 9094 9095 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 9096 NewFD->setParams(Params); 9097 9098 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 9099 NewFD->addAttr(C11NoReturnAttr::Create(Context, 9100 D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 9101 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword)); 9102 9103 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 9104 // because all functions have linkage. 9105 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9106 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9107 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 9108 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9109 } 9110 9111 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active 9112 if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9113 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9114 NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9115 Context, PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName, 9116 PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 9117 9118 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 9119 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9120 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 9121 NewFD->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9122 Context, CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 9123 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma, 9124 SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate)); 9125 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 9126 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 9127 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 9128 NewFD)) 9129 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9130 } 9131 9132 // Apply an implicit CodeSegAttr from class declspec or 9133 // apply an implicit SectionAttr from #pragma code_seg if active. 9134 if (!NewFD->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 9135 if (Attr *SAttr = getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(NewFD, 9136 D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 9137 NewFD->addAttr(SAttr); 9138 } 9139 } 9140 9141 // Handle attributes. 9142 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 9143 9144 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 9145 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 9146 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 9147 LangAS AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 9148 if (AddressSpace != LangAS::Default) { 9149 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9150 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 9151 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9152 } 9153 } 9154 9155 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9156 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 9157 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 9158 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 9159 9160 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 9161 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 9162 9163 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9164 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 9165 isMemberSpecialization)); 9166 else if (!Previous.empty()) 9167 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 9168 D.setRedeclaration(true); 9169 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 9170 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 9171 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 9172 9173 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 9174 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 9175 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 9176 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9177 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 9178 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 9179 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 9180 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 9181 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 9182 int DiagID = 9183 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 9184 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 9185 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 9186 } 9187 } 9188 9189 if (NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || 9190 NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 9191 checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewFD->getReturnType(), 9192 NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(), 9193 NTCUC_FunctionReturn, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy); 9194 } else { 9195 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 9196 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 9197 // 9198 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 9199 // 9200 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 9201 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 9202 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 9203 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 9204 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 9205 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 9206 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 9207 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 9208 9209 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 9210 // argument list into our AST format. 9211 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 9212 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 9213 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 9214 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 9215 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 9216 TemplateId->NumArgs); 9217 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 9218 TemplateArgs); 9219 9220 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 9221 9222 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9223 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 9224 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 9225 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 9226 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 9227 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 9228 9229 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 9230 } else { 9231 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 9232 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 9233 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 9234 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 9235 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 9236 } 9237 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 9238 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 9239 // wrote something like: 9240 // template <> friend void foo(int); 9241 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 9242 // friend void foo<>(int); 9243 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 9244 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 9245 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9246 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9247 } 9248 9249 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 9250 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 9251 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 9252 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 9253 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 9254 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 9255 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 9256 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 9257 9258 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 9259 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 9260 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 9261 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 9262 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 9263 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 9264 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 9265 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 9266 TemplateArgs, 9267 InstantiationDependent))) { 9268 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 9269 "friend function specialization without template args"); 9270 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 9271 Previous)) 9272 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9273 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 9274 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 9275 && !isFriend) { 9276 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 9277 } else if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9278 CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 9279 NewFD, (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr), 9280 Previous)) 9281 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9282 9283 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 9284 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 9285 // specialization (14.7.3) 9286 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 9287 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 9288 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 9289 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 9290 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9291 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 9292 << SC 9293 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 9294 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9295 9296 else 9297 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9298 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 9299 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 9300 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9301 } 9302 } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9303 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 9304 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9305 } 9306 9307 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 9308 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 9309 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 9310 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 9311 9312 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 9313 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 9314 9315 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9316 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 9317 isMemberSpecialization)); 9318 else if (!Previous.empty()) 9319 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 9320 D.setRedeclaration(true); 9321 } 9322 9323 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 9324 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 9325 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 9326 9327 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 9328 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 9329 : NewFD); 9330 9331 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 9332 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 9333 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9334 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 9335 9336 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 9337 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 9338 } 9339 9340 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 9341 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 9342 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 9343 9344 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 9345 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 9346 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9347 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 9348 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 9349 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 9350 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 9351 : nullptr, 9352 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 9353 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 9354 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 9355 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 9356 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 9357 DC && DC->isRecord() && 9358 DC->isDependentContext()) 9359 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 9360 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 9361 } 9362 9363 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9364 // Ignore all the rest of this. 9365 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 9366 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 9367 AddToScope }; 9368 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 9369 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 9370 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 9371 9372 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 9373 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9374 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 9375 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 9376 9377 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 9378 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 9379 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 9380 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 9381 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 9382 // can actually do this check immediately. 9383 // 9384 // Unless the scope is dependent, it's always an error if qualified 9385 // redeclaration lookup found nothing at all. Diagnose that now; 9386 // nothing will diagnose that error later. 9387 if (isFriend && 9388 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 9389 (!Previous.empty() && CurContext->isDependentContext()))) { 9390 // ignore these 9391 } else { 9392 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 9393 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 9394 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 9395 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 9396 // 9397 // class X { 9398 // void f() const; 9399 // }; 9400 // 9401 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 9402 // 9403 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 9404 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 9405 // whether the parameter types are references). 9406 9407 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9408 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 9409 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9410 return Result; 9411 } 9412 } 9413 9414 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 9415 // to something. 9416 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 9417 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9418 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 9419 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9420 return Result; 9421 } 9422 } 9423 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9424 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 9425 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 9426 !isMemberSpecialization) { 9427 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 9428 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 9429 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 9430 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 9431 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 9432 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 9433 // generate them. 9434 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 9435 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9436 } 9437 } 9438 9439 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 9440 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 9441 9442 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 9443 9444 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 9445 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9446 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9447 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 9448 << NewFD; 9449 9450 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 9451 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 9452 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 9453 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 9454 EPI.Variadic = true; 9455 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 9456 9457 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 9458 NewFD->setType(R); 9459 } 9460 9461 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9462 // member, set the visibility of this function. 9463 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 9464 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 9465 9466 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 9467 // marking the function. 9468 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 9469 9470 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 9471 // a pragma. 9472 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 9473 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 9474 9475 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 9476 // the map of such variables. 9477 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9478 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 9479 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 9480 9481 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 9482 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 9483 9484 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 9485 NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9486 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewFD, 9487 isMemberSpecialization || 9488 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 9489 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 9490 } 9491 9492 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 9493 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 9494 if (II && II->isStr(getCudaConfigureFuncName()) && 9495 !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9496 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 9497 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 9498 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return) 9499 << getCudaConfigureFuncName(); 9500 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 9501 } 9502 9503 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 9504 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 9505 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 9506 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 9507 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 9508 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 9509 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 9510 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 9511 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 9512 } 9513 } 9514 9515 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 9516 9517 9518 9519 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 9520 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 9521 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 9522 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 9523 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 9524 D.setInvalidType(); 9525 } 9526 9527 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 9528 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 9529 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9530 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 9531 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 9532 : FixItHint()); 9533 D.setInvalidType(); 9534 } 9535 9536 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 9537 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 9538 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 9539 9540 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) { 9541 if (DC->isRecord()) { 9542 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_method_kernel); 9543 D.setInvalidType(); 9544 } 9545 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9546 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_kernel); 9547 D.setInvalidType(); 9548 } 9549 } 9550 } 9551 9552 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9553 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9554 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9555 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 9556 return FunctionTemplate; 9557 } 9558 9559 if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9560 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous); 9561 } 9562 9563 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 9564 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 9565 9566 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 9567 // types. 9568 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) { 9569 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 9570 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 9571 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 9572 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 9573 D.setInvalidType(); 9574 } 9575 } 9576 } 9577 } 9578 9579 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 9580 // The actual specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 9581 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 9582 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 9583 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 9584 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 9585 Context, CurContext, NewFD->getLocation(), 9586 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 9587 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 9588 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 9589 AddToScope = false; 9590 } 9591 9592 // Diagnose availability attributes. Availability cannot be used on functions 9593 // that are run during load/unload. 9594 if (const auto *attr = NewFD->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) { 9595 if (NewFD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>()) { 9596 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) 9597 << 1; 9598 NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); 9599 } 9600 if (NewFD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) { 9601 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) 9602 << 2; 9603 NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); 9604 } 9605 } 9606 9607 // Diagnose no_builtin attribute on function declaration that are not a 9608 // definition. 9609 // FIXME: We should really be doing this in 9610 // SemaDeclAttr.cpp::handleNoBuiltinAttr, unfortunately we only have access to 9611 // the FunctionDecl and at this point of the code 9612 // FunctionDecl::isThisDeclarationADefinition() which always returns `false` 9613 // because Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef has not been called yet. 9614 if (const auto *NBA = NewFD->getAttr<NoBuiltinAttr>()) 9615 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 9616 case FDK_Defaulted: 9617 case FDK_Deleted: 9618 Diag(NBA->getLocation(), 9619 diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_defaulted_deleted_function) 9620 << NBA->getSpelling(); 9621 break; 9622 case FDK_Declaration: 9623 Diag(NBA->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_non_definition) 9624 << NBA->getSpelling(); 9625 break; 9626 case FDK_Definition: 9627 break; 9628 } 9629 9630 return NewFD; 9631 } 9632 9633 /// Return a CodeSegAttr from a containing class. The Microsoft docs say 9634 /// when __declspec(code_seg) "is applied to a class, all member functions of 9635 /// the class and nested classes -- this includes compiler-generated special 9636 /// member functions -- are put in the specified segment." 9637 /// The actual behavior is a little more complicated. The Microsoft compiler 9638 /// won't check outer classes if there is an active value from #pragma code_seg. 9639 /// The CodeSeg is always applied from the direct parent but only from outer 9640 /// classes when the #pragma code_seg stack is empty. See: 9641 /// https://reviews.llvm.org/D22931, the Microsoft feedback page is no longer 9642 /// available since MS has removed the page. 9643 static Attr *getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 9644 const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 9645 if (!Method) 9646 return nullptr; 9647 const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Method->getParent(); 9648 if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 9649 Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext()); 9650 NewAttr->setImplicit(true); 9651 return NewAttr; 9652 } 9653 9654 // The Microsoft compiler won't check outer classes for the CodeSeg 9655 // when the #pragma code_seg stack is active. 9656 if (S.CodeSegStack.CurrentValue) 9657 return nullptr; 9658 9659 while ((Parent = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Parent->getParent()))) { 9660 if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 9661 Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext()); 9662 NewAttr->setImplicit(true); 9663 return NewAttr; 9664 } 9665 } 9666 return nullptr; 9667 } 9668 9669 /// Returns an implicit CodeSegAttr if a __declspec(code_seg) is found on a 9670 /// containing class. Otherwise it will return implicit SectionAttr if the 9671 /// function is a definition and there is an active value on CodeSegStack 9672 /// (from the current #pragma code-seg value). 9673 /// 9674 /// \param FD Function being declared. 9675 /// \param IsDefinition Whether it is a definition or just a declarartion. 9676 /// \returns A CodeSegAttr or SectionAttr to apply to the function or 9677 /// nullptr if no attribute should be added. 9678 Attr *Sema::getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9679 bool IsDefinition) { 9680 if (Attr *A = getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(*this, FD)) 9681 return A; 9682 if (!FD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && IsDefinition && 9683 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue) 9684 return SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9685 getASTContext(), CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 9686 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma, 9687 SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate); 9688 return nullptr; 9689 } 9690 9691 /// Determines if we can perform a correct type check for \p D as a 9692 /// redeclaration of \p PrevDecl. If not, we can generally still perform a 9693 /// best-effort check. 9694 /// 9695 /// \param NewD The new declaration. 9696 /// \param OldD The old declaration. 9697 /// \param NewT The portion of the type of the new declaration to check. 9698 /// \param OldT The portion of the type of the old declaration to check. 9699 bool Sema::canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD, 9700 QualType NewT, QualType OldT) { 9701 if (!NewD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 9702 return true; 9703 9704 // For dependently-typed local extern declarations and friends, we can't 9705 // perform a correct type check in general until instantiation: 9706 // 9707 // int f(); 9708 // template<typename T> void g() { T f(); } 9709 // 9710 // (valid if g() is only instantiated with T = int). 9711 if (NewT->isDependentType() && 9712 (NewD->isLocalExternDecl() || NewD->getFriendObjectKind())) 9713 return false; 9714 9715 // Similarly, if the previous declaration was a dependent local extern 9716 // declaration, we don't really know its type yet. 9717 if (OldT->isDependentType() && OldD->isLocalExternDecl()) 9718 return false; 9719 9720 return true; 9721 } 9722 9723 /// Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 9724 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 9725 /// 9726 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 9727 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 9728 /// same declaration name. 9729 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 9730 /// belongs to. 9731 /// 9732 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 9733 if (!D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 9734 return true; 9735 9736 // Don't chain dependent friend function definitions until instantiation, to 9737 // permit cases like 9738 // 9739 // void func(); 9740 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() {} }; 9741 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() {} }; 9742 // 9743 // ... which is valid if only one of C1 and C2 is ever instantiated. 9744 // 9745 // FIXME: This need only apply to function definitions. For now, we proxy 9746 // this by checking for a file-scope function. We do not want this to apply 9747 // to friend declarations nominating member functions, because that gets in 9748 // the way of access checks. 9749 if (D->getFriendObjectKind() && D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 9750 return false; 9751 9752 auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D); 9753 auto *PrevVD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl); 9754 return !VD || !PrevVD || 9755 canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(VD, PrevVD, VD->getType(), 9756 PrevVD->getType()); 9757 } 9758 9759 /// Check the target attribute of the function for MultiVersion 9760 /// validity. 9761 /// 9762 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 9763 static bool CheckMultiVersionValue(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 9764 const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9765 assert(TA && "MultiVersion Candidate requires a target attribute"); 9766 ParsedTargetAttr ParseInfo = TA->parse(); 9767 const TargetInfo &TargetInfo = S.Context.getTargetInfo(); 9768 enum ErrType { Feature = 0, Architecture = 1 }; 9769 9770 if (!ParseInfo.Architecture.empty() && 9771 !TargetInfo.validateCpuIs(ParseInfo.Architecture)) { 9772 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 9773 << Architecture << ParseInfo.Architecture; 9774 return true; 9775 } 9776 9777 for (const auto &Feat : ParseInfo.Features) { 9778 auto BareFeat = StringRef{Feat}.substr(1); 9779 if (Feat[0] == '-') { 9780 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 9781 << Feature << ("no-" + BareFeat).str(); 9782 return true; 9783 } 9784 9785 if (!TargetInfo.validateCpuSupports(BareFeat) || 9786 !TargetInfo.isValidFeatureName(BareFeat)) { 9787 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 9788 << Feature << BareFeat; 9789 return true; 9790 } 9791 } 9792 return false; 9793 } 9794 9795 static bool HasNonMultiVersionAttributes(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9796 MultiVersionKind MVType) { 9797 for (const Attr *A : FD->attrs()) { 9798 switch (A->getKind()) { 9799 case attr::CPUDispatch: 9800 case attr::CPUSpecific: 9801 if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch && 9802 MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) 9803 return true; 9804 break; 9805 case attr::Target: 9806 if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::Target) 9807 return true; 9808 break; 9809 default: 9810 return true; 9811 } 9812 } 9813 return false; 9814 } 9815 9816 bool Sema::areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible( 9817 const FunctionDecl *OldFD, const FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9818 const PartialDiagnostic &NoProtoDiagID, 9819 const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoteCausedDiagIDAt, 9820 const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoSupportDiagIDAt, 9821 const PartialDiagnosticAt &DiffDiagIDAt, bool TemplatesSupported, 9822 bool ConstexprSupported, bool CLinkageMayDiffer) { 9823 enum DoesntSupport { 9824 FuncTemplates = 0, 9825 VirtFuncs = 1, 9826 DeducedReturn = 2, 9827 Constructors = 3, 9828 Destructors = 4, 9829 DeletedFuncs = 5, 9830 DefaultedFuncs = 6, 9831 ConstexprFuncs = 7, 9832 ConstevalFuncs = 8, 9833 }; 9834 enum Different { 9835 CallingConv = 0, 9836 ReturnType = 1, 9837 ConstexprSpec = 2, 9838 InlineSpec = 3, 9839 StorageClass = 4, 9840 Linkage = 5, 9841 }; 9842 9843 if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 && OldFD && 9844 !OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9845 Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID); 9846 Diag(NoteCausedDiagIDAt.first, NoteCausedDiagIDAt.second); 9847 return true; 9848 } 9849 9850 if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 && 9851 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9852 return Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID); 9853 9854 if (!TemplatesSupported && 9855 NewFD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 9856 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 9857 << FuncTemplates; 9858 9859 if (const auto *NewCXXFD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9860 if (NewCXXFD->isVirtual()) 9861 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 9862 << VirtFuncs; 9863 9864 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewCXXFD)) 9865 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 9866 << Constructors; 9867 9868 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewCXXFD)) 9869 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 9870 << Destructors; 9871 } 9872 9873 if (NewFD->isDeleted()) 9874 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 9875 << DeletedFuncs; 9876 9877 if (NewFD->isDefaulted()) 9878 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 9879 << DefaultedFuncs; 9880 9881 if (!ConstexprSupported && NewFD->isConstexpr()) 9882 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 9883 << (NewFD->isConsteval() ? ConstevalFuncs : ConstexprFuncs); 9884 9885 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType()); 9886 const auto *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 9887 QualType NewReturnType = NewType->getReturnType(); 9888 9889 if (NewReturnType->isUndeducedType()) 9890 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 9891 << DeducedReturn; 9892 9893 // Ensure the return type is identical. 9894 if (OldFD) { 9895 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(OldFD->getType()); 9896 const auto *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 9897 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 9898 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 9899 9900 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 9901 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << CallingConv; 9902 9903 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 9904 9905 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) 9906 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ReturnType; 9907 9908 if (OldFD->getConstexprKind() != NewFD->getConstexprKind()) 9909 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ConstexprSpec; 9910 9911 if (OldFD->isInlineSpecified() != NewFD->isInlineSpecified()) 9912 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << InlineSpec; 9913 9914 if (OldFD->getStorageClass() != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 9915 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << StorageClass; 9916 9917 if (!CLinkageMayDiffer && OldFD->isExternC() != NewFD->isExternC()) 9918 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << Linkage; 9919 9920 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 9921 OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), OldFD->getLocation(), 9922 NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), NewFD->getLocation())) 9923 return true; 9924 } 9925 return false; 9926 } 9927 9928 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *OldFD, 9929 const FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9930 bool CausesMV, 9931 MultiVersionKind MVType) { 9932 if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { 9933 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); 9934 if (OldFD) 9935 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9936 return true; 9937 } 9938 9939 bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType = 9940 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch || 9941 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific; 9942 9943 // For now, disallow all other attributes. These should be opt-in, but 9944 // an analysis of all of them is a future FIXME. 9945 if (CausesMV && OldFD && HasNonMultiVersionAttributes(OldFD, MVType)) { 9946 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_no_other_attrs) 9947 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType; 9948 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9949 return true; 9950 } 9951 9952 if (HasNonMultiVersionAttributes(NewFD, MVType)) 9953 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_no_other_attrs) 9954 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType; 9955 9956 // Only allow transition to MultiVersion if it hasn't been used. 9957 if (OldFD && CausesMV && OldFD->isUsed(false)) 9958 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used); 9959 9960 return S.areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible( 9961 OldFD, NewFD, S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_noproto), 9962 PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(), 9963 S.PDiag(diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here)), 9964 PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(), 9965 S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9966 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType), 9967 PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(), 9968 S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_diff)), 9969 /*TemplatesSupported=*/false, 9970 /*ConstexprSupported=*/!IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType, 9971 /*CLinkageMayDiffer=*/false); 9972 } 9973 9974 /// Check the validity of a multiversion function declaration that is the 9975 /// first of its kind. Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. 9976 /// 9977 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 9978 /// 9979 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 9980 static bool CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD, 9981 MultiVersionKind MVType, 9982 const TargetAttr *TA) { 9983 assert(MVType != MultiVersionKind::None && 9984 "Function lacks multiversion attribute"); 9985 9986 // Target only causes MV if it is default, otherwise this is a normal 9987 // function. 9988 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && !TA->isDefaultVersion()) 9989 return false; 9990 9991 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && CheckMultiVersionValue(S, FD)) { 9992 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9993 return true; 9994 } 9995 9996 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, nullptr, FD, true, MVType)) { 9997 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9998 return true; 9999 } 10000 10001 FD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10002 return false; 10003 } 10004 10005 static bool PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 10006 for (const Decl *D = FD->getPreviousDecl(); D; D = D->getPreviousDecl()) { 10007 if (D->getAsFunction()->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::None) 10008 return true; 10009 } 10010 10011 return false; 10012 } 10013 10014 static bool CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning( 10015 Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, const TargetAttr *NewTA, 10016 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 10017 LookupResult &Previous) { 10018 const auto *OldTA = OldFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10019 ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); 10020 // Sort order doesn't matter, it just needs to be consistent. 10021 llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features); 10022 10023 // If the old decl is NOT MultiVersioned yet, and we don't cause that 10024 // to change, this is a simple redeclaration. 10025 if (!NewTA->isDefaultVersion() && 10026 (!OldTA || OldTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr())) 10027 return false; 10028 10029 // Otherwise, this decl causes MultiVersioning. 10030 if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { 10031 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); 10032 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10033 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10034 return true; 10035 } 10036 10037 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, true, 10038 MultiVersionKind::Target)) { 10039 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10040 return true; 10041 } 10042 10043 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { 10044 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10045 return true; 10046 } 10047 10048 // If this is 'default', permit the forward declaration. 10049 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && !OldTA && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) { 10050 Redeclaration = true; 10051 OldDecl = OldFD; 10052 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10053 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10054 return false; 10055 } 10056 10057 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, OldFD)) { 10058 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 10059 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10060 return true; 10061 } 10062 10063 ParsedTargetAttr OldParsed = OldTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); 10064 10065 if (OldParsed == NewParsed) { 10066 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); 10067 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10068 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10069 return true; 10070 } 10071 10072 for (const auto *FD : OldFD->redecls()) { 10073 const auto *CurTA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10074 // We allow forward declarations before ANY multiversioning attributes, but 10075 // nothing after the fact. 10076 if (PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(FD) && 10077 (!CurTA || CurTA->isInherited())) { 10078 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) 10079 << 0; 10080 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 10081 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10082 return true; 10083 } 10084 } 10085 10086 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10087 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10088 Redeclaration = false; 10089 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 10090 OldDecl = nullptr; 10091 Previous.clear(); 10092 return false; 10093 } 10094 10095 /// Check the validity of a new function declaration being added to an existing 10096 /// multiversioned declaration collection. 10097 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl( 10098 Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10099 MultiVersionKind NewMVType, const TargetAttr *NewTA, 10100 const CPUDispatchAttr *NewCPUDisp, const CPUSpecificAttr *NewCPUSpec, 10101 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 10102 LookupResult &Previous) { 10103 10104 MultiVersionKind OldMVType = OldFD->getMultiVersionKind(); 10105 // Disallow mixing of multiversioning types. 10106 if ((OldMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && 10107 NewMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target) || 10108 (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && 10109 OldMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target)) { 10110 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed); 10111 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10112 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10113 return true; 10114 } 10115 10116 ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed; 10117 if (NewTA) { 10118 NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); 10119 llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features); 10120 } 10121 10122 bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules = 10123 S.CurContext->isRecord() && !NewFD->getFriendObjectKind(); 10124 10125 // Next, check ALL non-overloads to see if this is a redeclaration of a 10126 // previous member of the MultiVersion set. 10127 for (NamedDecl *ND : Previous) { 10128 FunctionDecl *CurFD = ND->getAsFunction(); 10129 if (!CurFD) 10130 continue; 10131 if (S.IsOverload(NewFD, CurFD, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) 10132 continue; 10133 10134 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target) { 10135 const auto *CurTA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10136 if (CurTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) { 10137 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10138 Redeclaration = true; 10139 OldDecl = ND; 10140 return false; 10141 } 10142 10143 ParsedTargetAttr CurParsed = CurTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); 10144 if (CurParsed == NewParsed) { 10145 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); 10146 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10147 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10148 return true; 10149 } 10150 } else { 10151 const auto *CurCPUSpec = CurFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); 10152 const auto *CurCPUDisp = CurFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); 10153 // Handle CPUDispatch/CPUSpecific versions. 10154 // Only 1 CPUDispatch function is allowed, this will make it go through 10155 // the redeclaration errors. 10156 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch && 10157 CurFD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) { 10158 if (CurCPUDisp->cpus_size() == NewCPUDisp->cpus_size() && 10159 std::equal( 10160 CurCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), CurCPUDisp->cpus_end(), 10161 NewCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), 10162 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) { 10163 return Cur->getName() == New->getName(); 10164 })) { 10165 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10166 Redeclaration = true; 10167 OldDecl = ND; 10168 return false; 10169 } 10170 10171 // If the declarations don't match, this is an error condition. 10172 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_dispatch_mismatch); 10173 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10174 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10175 return true; 10176 } 10177 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific && CurCPUSpec) { 10178 10179 if (CurCPUSpec->cpus_size() == NewCPUSpec->cpus_size() && 10180 std::equal( 10181 CurCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), CurCPUSpec->cpus_end(), 10182 NewCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), 10183 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) { 10184 return Cur->getName() == New->getName(); 10185 })) { 10186 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10187 Redeclaration = true; 10188 OldDecl = ND; 10189 return false; 10190 } 10191 10192 // Only 1 version of CPUSpecific is allowed for each CPU. 10193 for (const IdentifierInfo *CurII : CurCPUSpec->cpus()) { 10194 for (const IdentifierInfo *NewII : NewCPUSpec->cpus()) { 10195 if (CurII == NewII) { 10196 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_specific_multiple_defs) 10197 << NewII; 10198 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10199 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10200 return true; 10201 } 10202 } 10203 } 10204 } 10205 // If the two decls aren't the same MVType, there is no possible error 10206 // condition. 10207 } 10208 } 10209 10210 // Else, this is simply a non-redecl case. Checking the 'value' is only 10211 // necessary in the Target case, since The CPUSpecific/Dispatch cases are 10212 // handled in the attribute adding step. 10213 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && 10214 CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { 10215 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10216 return true; 10217 } 10218 10219 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, 10220 !OldFD->isMultiVersion(), NewMVType)) { 10221 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10222 return true; 10223 } 10224 10225 // Permit forward declarations in the case where these two are compatible. 10226 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) { 10227 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10228 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10229 Redeclaration = true; 10230 OldDecl = OldFD; 10231 return false; 10232 } 10233 10234 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10235 Redeclaration = false; 10236 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 10237 OldDecl = nullptr; 10238 Previous.clear(); 10239 return false; 10240 } 10241 10242 10243 /// Check the validity of a mulitversion function declaration. 10244 /// Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. 10245 /// 10246 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 10247 /// 10248 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 10249 static bool CheckMultiVersionFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10250 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 10251 bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 10252 LookupResult &Previous) { 10253 const auto *NewTA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10254 const auto *NewCPUDisp = NewFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); 10255 const auto *NewCPUSpec = NewFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); 10256 10257 // Mixing Multiversioning types is prohibited. 10258 if ((NewTA && NewCPUDisp) || (NewTA && NewCPUSpec) || 10259 (NewCPUDisp && NewCPUSpec)) { 10260 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed); 10261 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10262 return true; 10263 } 10264 10265 MultiVersionKind MVType = NewFD->getMultiVersionKind(); 10266 10267 // Main isn't allowed to become a multiversion function, however it IS 10268 // permitted to have 'main' be marked with the 'target' optimization hint. 10269 if (NewFD->isMain()) { 10270 if ((MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) || 10271 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch || 10272 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) { 10273 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_allowed_on_main); 10274 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10275 return true; 10276 } 10277 return false; 10278 } 10279 10280 if (!OldDecl || !OldDecl->getAsFunction() || 10281 OldDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != 10282 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) { 10283 // If there's no previous declaration, AND this isn't attempting to cause 10284 // multiversioning, this isn't an error condition. 10285 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) 10286 return false; 10287 return CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(S, NewFD, MVType, NewTA); 10288 } 10289 10290 FunctionDecl *OldFD = OldDecl->getAsFunction(); 10291 10292 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) 10293 return false; 10294 10295 if (OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) { 10296 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) 10297 << (OldFD->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::Target); 10298 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10299 return true; 10300 } 10301 10302 // Handle the target potentially causes multiversioning case. 10303 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target) 10304 return CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(S, OldFD, NewFD, NewTA, 10305 Redeclaration, OldDecl, 10306 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); 10307 10308 // At this point, we have a multiversion function decl (in OldFD) AND an 10309 // appropriate attribute in the current function decl. Resolve that these are 10310 // still compatible with previous declarations. 10311 return CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl( 10312 S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType, NewTA, NewCPUDisp, NewCPUSpec, Redeclaration, 10313 OldDecl, MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); 10314 } 10315 10316 /// Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 10317 /// 10318 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 10319 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 10320 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 10321 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 10322 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 10323 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 10324 /// via InstantiateDecl). 10325 /// 10326 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 10327 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the 10328 /// previous declaration). 10329 /// 10330 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 10331 /// 10332 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 10333 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10334 LookupResult &Previous, 10335 bool IsMemberSpecialization) { 10336 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 10337 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 10338 10339 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 10340 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 10341 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 10342 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10343 !Previous.isShadowed(); 10344 10345 bool Redeclaration = false; 10346 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 10347 bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false; 10348 10349 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 10350 // the same name, if appropriate. 10351 if (!Previous.empty()) { 10352 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 10353 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 10354 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 10355 // function to the scope. 10356 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) { 10357 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 10358 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 10359 Redeclaration = true; 10360 OldDecl = Candidate; 10361 } 10362 } else { 10363 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 10364 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 10365 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 10366 case Ovl_Match: 10367 Redeclaration = true; 10368 break; 10369 10370 case Ovl_NonFunction: 10371 Redeclaration = true; 10372 break; 10373 10374 case Ovl_Overload: 10375 Redeclaration = false; 10376 break; 10377 } 10378 } 10379 } 10380 10381 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 10382 if (!Redeclaration && 10383 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 10384 if (!Previous.empty()) { 10385 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 10386 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 10387 Redeclaration = true; 10388 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 10389 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 10390 10391 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 10392 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 10393 NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 10394 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 10395 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 10396 Redeclaration = false; 10397 OldDecl = nullptr; 10398 } 10399 } 10400 } 10401 } 10402 10403 if (CheckMultiVersionFunction(*this, NewFD, Redeclaration, OldDecl, 10404 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous)) 10405 return Redeclaration; 10406 10407 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 10408 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 10409 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 10410 // 10411 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 10412 // definition of a static member function. 10413 // 10414 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 10415 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 10416 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 10417 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 10418 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 10419 !isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) && !MD->getMethodQualifiers().hasConst()) { 10420 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 10421 if (OldDecl) 10422 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 10423 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 10424 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 10425 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10426 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 10427 EPI.TypeQuals.addConst(); 10428 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 10429 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 10430 10431 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 10432 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 10433 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 10434 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 10435 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 10436 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 10437 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 10438 10439 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 10440 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 10441 } 10442 } 10443 } 10444 10445 if (Redeclaration) { 10446 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 10447 // merged. 10448 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 10449 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10450 return Redeclaration; 10451 } 10452 10453 Previous.clear(); 10454 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 10455 10456 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl = 10457 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 10458 auto *OldFD = OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10459 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 10460 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 10461 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 10462 10463 // The call to MergeFunctionDecl above may have created some state in 10464 // NewTemplateDecl that needs to be merged with OldTemplateDecl before we 10465 // can add it as a redeclaration. 10466 NewTemplateDecl->mergePrevDecl(OldTemplateDecl); 10467 10468 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); 10469 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD); 10470 if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) { 10471 NewFD->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 10472 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 10473 } 10474 10475 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 10476 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 10477 if (IsMemberSpecialization && 10478 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 10479 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 10480 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 10481 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 10482 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 10483 if (OldFD->isDeleted()) { 10484 // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules. 10485 assert(OldFD->getCanonicalDecl() == OldFD); 10486 // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation. 10487 OldFD->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 10488 } 10489 } 10490 10491 } else { 10492 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 10493 auto *OldFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 10494 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 10495 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); 10496 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD); 10497 if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) 10498 NewFD->setAccess(OldFD->getAccess()); 10499 } 10500 } 10501 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks && 10502 !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 10503 assert((Previous.empty() || 10504 llvm::any_of(Previous, 10505 [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 10506 return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 10507 })) && 10508 "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present"); 10509 10510 auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 10511 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND); 10512 return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 10513 }); 10514 10515 if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) { 10516 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 10517 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads); 10518 Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(), 10519 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 10520 << false; 10521 10522 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 10523 } 10524 } 10525 10526 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 10527 10528 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10529 // C++-specific checks. 10530 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 10531 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 10532 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 10533 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 10534 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 10535 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 10536 10537 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 10538 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 10539 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 10540 DeclarationName Name 10541 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 10542 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 10543 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 10544 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 10545 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10546 return Redeclaration; 10547 } 10548 } 10549 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 10550 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 10551 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 10552 } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 10553 if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10554 CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD); 10555 10556 // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be 10557 // explicitly specialized. 10558 if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) 10559 Diag(Guide->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized) 10560 << /*explicit specialization*/ 1; 10561 } 10562 10563 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 10564 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 10565 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 10566 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 10567 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 10568 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 10569 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 10570 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10571 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 10572 } 10573 } 10574 } 10575 10576 if (Method->isStatic()) 10577 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 10578 } 10579 10580 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 10581 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 10582 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 10583 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10584 return Redeclaration; 10585 } 10586 10587 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 10588 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 10589 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 10590 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10591 return Redeclaration; 10592 } 10593 10594 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 10595 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 10596 // during delayed parsing anyway. 10597 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 10598 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 10599 10600 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 10601 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 10602 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 10603 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 10604 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 10605 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 10606 // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception 10607 // specification, that's OK. 10608 // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to 10609 // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. 10610 if (!T.isNull() && 10611 !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T, 10612 NewFD->getType())) 10613 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 10614 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 10615 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 10616 } 10617 10618 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 10619 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 10620 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 10621 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 10622 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 10623 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 10624 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 10625 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 10626 << NewFD << R; 10627 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 10628 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10629 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 10630 } 10631 10632 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 10633 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 10634 // [is] part of the function type 10635 // 10636 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 10637 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 10638 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 10639 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 10640 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 10641 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 10642 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 10643 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 10644 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 10645 // restricted prior to C++17. 10646 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 10647 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 10648 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 10649 T = T->getPointeeType(); 10650 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 10651 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 10652 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10653 if (FPT->isNothrow()) 10654 return true; 10655 return false; 10656 }; 10657 10658 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10659 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 10660 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 10661 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 10662 if (AnyNoexcept) 10663 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 10664 diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 10665 << NewFD; 10666 } 10667 10668 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 10669 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 10670 } 10671 return Redeclaration; 10672 } 10673 10674 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 10675 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 10676 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 10677 // constexpr is ill-formed. 10678 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 10679 // appear in a declaration of main. 10680 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 10681 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 10682 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 10683 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 10684 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 10685 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 10686 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 10687 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 10688 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 10689 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 10690 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 10691 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 10692 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 10693 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 10694 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 10695 } 10696 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 10697 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 10698 << FD->isConsteval() 10699 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 10700 FD->setConstexprKind(CSK_unspecified); 10701 } 10702 10703 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10704 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 10705 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 10706 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10707 return; 10708 } 10709 10710 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10711 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 10712 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 10713 10714 // Set default calling convention for main() 10715 if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) { 10716 FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C)); 10717 FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0)); 10718 T = Context.getCanonicalType(FD->getType()); 10719 } 10720 10721 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10722 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 10723 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 10724 // implicit-return-zero rule. 10725 10726 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 10727 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 10728 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 10729 else { 10730 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 10731 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 10732 if (RTRange.isValid()) 10733 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 10734 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 10735 } 10736 } else { 10737 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 10738 // set the flag which tells us that. 10739 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 10740 10741 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 10742 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 10743 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 10744 else { 10745 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 10746 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 10747 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 10748 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 10749 : FixItHint()); 10750 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 10751 } 10752 } 10753 10754 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 10755 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 10756 10757 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 10758 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 10759 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 10760 10761 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 10762 10763 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 10764 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 10765 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 10766 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 10767 } 10768 10769 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 10770 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 10771 // getting shifty. 10772 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 10773 HasExtraParameters = false; 10774 10775 if (HasExtraParameters) { 10776 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 10777 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 10778 nparams = 3; 10779 } 10780 10781 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 10782 // if we had some location information about types. 10783 10784 QualType CharPP = 10785 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 10786 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 10787 10788 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 10789 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 10790 10791 bool mismatch = true; 10792 10793 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 10794 mismatch = false; 10795 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 10796 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 10797 // char const ** 10798 // char const * const * 10799 // char * const * 10800 10801 QualifierCollector qs; 10802 const PointerType* PT; 10803 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 10804 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 10805 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 10806 Context.CharTy)) { 10807 qs.removeConst(); 10808 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 10809 } 10810 } 10811 10812 if (mismatch) { 10813 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 10814 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 10815 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 10816 } 10817 } 10818 10819 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10820 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 10821 } 10822 10823 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 10824 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 10825 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10826 } 10827 } 10828 10829 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10830 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10831 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 10832 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 10833 10834 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 10835 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 10836 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 10837 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 10838 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 10839 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 10840 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 10841 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 10842 10843 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 10844 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 10845 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10846 } 10847 } 10848 10849 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 10850 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 10851 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 10852 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 10853 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 10854 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 10855 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 10856 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 10857 // rules there don't matter.) 10858 const Expr *Culprit; 10859 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 10860 return false; 10861 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 10862 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10863 return true; 10864 } 10865 10866 namespace { 10867 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 10868 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 10869 class SelfReferenceChecker 10870 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 10871 Sema &S; 10872 Decl *OrigDecl; 10873 bool isRecordType; 10874 bool isPODType; 10875 bool isReferenceType; 10876 10877 bool isInitList; 10878 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 10879 10880 public: 10881 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 10882 10883 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 10884 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 10885 isPODType = false; 10886 isRecordType = false; 10887 isReferenceType = false; 10888 isInitList = false; 10889 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 10890 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 10891 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 10892 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 10893 } 10894 } 10895 10896 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 10897 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 10898 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 10899 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 10900 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 10901 if (!InitList) { 10902 Visit(E); 10903 return; 10904 } 10905 10906 // Track and increment the index here. 10907 isInitList = true; 10908 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 10909 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 10910 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 10911 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 10912 } 10913 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 10914 } 10915 10916 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed. 10917 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 10918 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 10919 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 10920 Expr *Base = E; 10921 bool ReferenceField = false; 10922 10923 // Get the field members used. 10924 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 10925 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 10926 if (!FD) 10927 return false; 10928 Fields.push_back(FD); 10929 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 10930 ReferenceField = true; 10931 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10932 } 10933 10934 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 10935 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 10936 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 10937 return false; 10938 10939 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 10940 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 10941 return true; 10942 10943 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 10944 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 10945 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 10946 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 10947 10948 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 10949 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 10950 // initialized, then the use is safe. 10951 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 10952 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 10953 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 10954 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 10955 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 10956 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 10957 return true; 10958 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 10959 break; 10960 } 10961 10962 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 10963 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10964 return true; 10965 } 10966 10967 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 10968 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 10969 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 10970 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 10971 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 10972 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 10973 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10974 return; 10975 } 10976 10977 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 10978 Visit(CO->getCond()); 10979 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 10980 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 10981 return; 10982 } 10983 10984 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 10985 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 10986 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 10987 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 10988 return; 10989 } 10990 10991 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 10992 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 10993 return; 10994 } 10995 10996 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 10997 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 10998 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 10999 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 11000 return; 11001 } 11002 } 11003 11004 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 11005 if (isInitList) { 11006 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 11007 false /*CheckReference*/)) 11008 return; 11009 } 11010 11011 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11012 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 11013 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 11014 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 11015 return; 11016 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11017 } 11018 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 11019 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 11020 return; 11021 } 11022 11023 Visit(E); 11024 } 11025 11026 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 11027 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 11028 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 11029 if (isReferenceType) 11030 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 11031 } 11032 11033 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 11034 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 11035 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 11036 return; 11037 } 11038 11039 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 11040 } 11041 11042 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 11043 if (isInitList) { 11044 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 11045 return; 11046 } 11047 11048 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 11049 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 11050 11051 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 11052 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 11053 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 11054 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 11055 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11056 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 11057 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 11058 Warn = false; 11059 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11060 } 11061 11062 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 11063 if (Warn) 11064 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 11065 return; 11066 } 11067 11068 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 11069 // Visit that expression. 11070 Visit(Base); 11071 } 11072 11073 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 11074 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 11075 11076 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 11077 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 11078 11079 Visit(Callee); 11080 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 11081 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 11082 } 11083 11084 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 11085 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 11086 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 11087 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 11088 if (!isPODType) 11089 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 11090 return; 11091 } 11092 11093 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 11094 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 11095 return; 11096 } 11097 11098 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 11099 } 11100 11101 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 11102 11103 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 11104 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 11105 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 11106 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 11107 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 11108 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 11109 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 11110 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 11111 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 11112 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 11113 return; 11114 } 11115 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 11116 } 11117 11118 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 11119 // Treat std::move as a use. 11120 if (E->isCallToStdMove()) { 11121 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 11122 return; 11123 } 11124 11125 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 11126 } 11127 11128 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 11129 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 11130 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 11131 Visit(E->getRHS()); 11132 return; 11133 } 11134 11135 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 11136 } 11137 11138 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 11139 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 11140 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 11141 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 11142 Visit(E->getCond()); 11143 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 11144 } 11145 11146 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 11147 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 11148 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 11149 unsigned diag; 11150 if (isReferenceType) { 11151 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 11152 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 11153 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 11154 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 11155 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 11156 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 11157 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 11158 } else { 11159 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 11160 return; 11161 } 11162 11163 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getBeginLoc(), DRE, 11164 S.PDiag(diag) 11165 << DRE->getDecl() << OrigDecl->getLocation() 11166 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 11167 } 11168 }; 11169 11170 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 11171 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 11172 bool DirectInit) { 11173 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 11174 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 11175 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 11176 return; 11177 11178 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 11179 11180 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 11181 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 11182 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 11183 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 11184 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 11185 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 11186 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 11187 return; 11188 11189 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 11190 } 11191 } // end anonymous namespace 11192 11193 namespace { 11194 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is 11195 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. 11196 struct VarDeclOrName { 11197 VarDecl *VDecl; 11198 DeclarationName Name; 11199 11200 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & 11201 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { 11202 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; 11203 } 11204 }; 11205 } // end anonymous namespace 11206 11207 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 11208 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 11209 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 11210 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 11211 Expr *Init) { 11212 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 11213 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 11214 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 11215 11216 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; 11217 11218 DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType(); 11219 assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type"); 11220 11221 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 11222 if (!Init) { 11223 assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?"); 11224 11225 // Except for class argument deduction, and then for an initializing 11226 // declaration only, i.e. no static at class scope or extern. 11227 if (!isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) || 11228 VDecl->hasExternalStorage() || 11229 VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 11230 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 11231 << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type; 11232 return QualType(); 11233 } 11234 } 11235 11236 ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits; 11237 if (Init) 11238 DeduceInits = Init; 11239 11240 if (DirectInit) { 11241 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 11242 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 11243 } 11244 11245 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 11246 assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?"); 11247 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 11248 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 11249 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 11250 // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits. 11251 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end()); 11252 return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind, 11253 InitsCopy); 11254 } 11255 11256 if (DirectInit) { 11257 if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 11258 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 11259 } 11260 11261 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 11262 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 11263 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 11264 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 11265 Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture 11266 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 11267 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 11268 << VN << Type << Range; 11269 return QualType(); 11270 } 11271 11272 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 11273 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getBeginLoc(), 11274 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 11275 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 11276 << VN << Type << Range; 11277 return QualType(); 11278 } 11279 11280 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 11281 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 11282 Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture 11283 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 11284 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 11285 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; 11286 return QualType(); 11287 } 11288 11289 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 11290 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 11291 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 11292 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 11293 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 11294 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11295 return QualType(); 11296 } 11297 Init = Result.get(); 11298 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 11299 } 11300 11301 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: 11302 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier 11303 // is present, e has type cv A 11304 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && 11305 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && 11306 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) 11307 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), 11308 Type.getQualifiers()); 11309 11310 QualType DeducedType; 11311 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 11312 if (!IsInitCapture) 11313 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 11314 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 11315 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 11316 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 11317 << VN 11318 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 11319 : DeduceInit->getType()) 11320 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 11321 else 11322 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 11323 << VN << TSI->getType() 11324 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 11325 : DeduceInit->getType()) 11326 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 11327 } 11328 11329 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 11330 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 11331 // checks. 11332 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 11333 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 11334 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture && 11335 !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 11336 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11337 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; 11338 } 11339 11340 return DeducedType; 11341 } 11342 11343 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, 11344 Expr *Init) { 11345 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 11346 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), 11347 VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 11348 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 11349 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11350 return true; 11351 } 11352 11353 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 11354 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 11355 11356 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 11357 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 11358 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11359 11360 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 11361 deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(VDecl); 11362 11363 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 11364 // the previously declared type. 11365 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 11366 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 11367 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 11368 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 11369 } 11370 11371 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 11372 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 11373 return VDecl->isInvalidDecl(); 11374 } 11375 11376 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(const Expr *Init, 11377 SourceLocation Loc) { 11378 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Init)) 11379 Init = CE->getSubExpr(); 11380 11381 QualType InitType = Init->getType(); 11382 assert((InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 11383 InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) && 11384 "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C struct"); 11385 if (auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 11386 for (auto I : ILE->inits()) { 11387 if (!I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() && 11388 !I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 11389 continue; 11390 SourceLocation SL = I->getExprLoc(); 11391 checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(I, SL.isValid() ? SL : Loc); 11392 } 11393 return; 11394 } 11395 11396 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) { 11397 if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion()) 11398 checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, 11399 NTCUK_Init); 11400 } else { 11401 // Assume all other explicit initializers involving copying some existing 11402 // object. 11403 // TODO: ignore any explicit initializers where we can guarantee 11404 // copy-elision. 11405 if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 11406 checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_CopyInit, NTCUK_Copy); 11407 } 11408 } 11409 11410 namespace { 11411 11412 bool shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(const FieldDecl *FD) { 11413 // Ignore unavailable fields. A field can be marked as unavailable explicitly 11414 // in the source code or implicitly by the compiler if it is in a union 11415 // defined in a system header and has non-trivial ObjC ownership 11416 // qualifications. We don't want those fields to participate in determining 11417 // whether the containing union is non-trivial. 11418 return FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>(); 11419 } 11420 11421 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor 11422 : DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor, 11423 void> { 11424 using Super = 11425 DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor, 11426 void>; 11427 11428 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor( 11429 QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc, 11430 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S) 11431 : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {} 11432 11433 void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind PDIK, QualType QT, 11434 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11435 if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT)) 11436 return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD, 11437 InNonTrivialUnion); 11438 return Super::visitWithKind(PDIK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11439 } 11440 11441 void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 11442 bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11443 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11444 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11445 << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName(); 11446 } 11447 11448 void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11449 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11450 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11451 << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName(); 11452 } 11453 11454 void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11455 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 11456 if (RD->isUnion()) { 11457 if (OrigLoc.isValid()) { 11458 bool IsUnion = false; 11459 if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl()) 11460 IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion(); 11461 S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context) 11462 << 0 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext; 11463 // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once. 11464 OrigLoc = SourceLocation(); 11465 } 11466 InNonTrivialUnion = true; 11467 } 11468 11469 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11470 S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11471 << 0 << 0 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << ""; 11472 11473 for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) 11474 if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) 11475 asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11476 } 11477 11478 void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11479 11480 // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a 11481 // non-trivial C union. 11482 QualType OrigTy; 11483 SourceLocation OrigLoc; 11484 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext; 11485 Sema &S; 11486 }; 11487 11488 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor 11489 : DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void> { 11490 using Super = 11491 DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void>; 11492 11493 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor( 11494 QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc, 11495 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S) 11496 : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {} 11497 11498 void visitWithKind(QualType::DestructionKind DK, QualType QT, 11499 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11500 if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT)) 11501 return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD, 11502 InNonTrivialUnion); 11503 return Super::visitWithKind(DK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11504 } 11505 11506 void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 11507 bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11508 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11509 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11510 << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName(); 11511 } 11512 11513 void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11514 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11515 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11516 << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName(); 11517 } 11518 11519 void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11520 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 11521 if (RD->isUnion()) { 11522 if (OrigLoc.isValid()) { 11523 bool IsUnion = false; 11524 if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl()) 11525 IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion(); 11526 S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context) 11527 << 1 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext; 11528 // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once. 11529 OrigLoc = SourceLocation(); 11530 } 11531 InNonTrivialUnion = true; 11532 } 11533 11534 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11535 S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11536 << 0 << 1 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << ""; 11537 11538 for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) 11539 if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) 11540 asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11541 } 11542 11543 void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11544 void visitCXXDestructor(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 11545 bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11546 11547 // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a 11548 // non-trivial C union. 11549 QualType OrigTy; 11550 SourceLocation OrigLoc; 11551 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext; 11552 Sema &S; 11553 }; 11554 11555 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor 11556 : CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void> { 11557 using Super = CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void>; 11558 11559 DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc, 11560 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, 11561 Sema &S) 11562 : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {} 11563 11564 void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT, 11565 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11566 if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT)) 11567 return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD, 11568 InNonTrivialUnion); 11569 return Super::visitWithKind(PCK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11570 } 11571 11572 void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 11573 bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11574 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11575 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11576 << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName(); 11577 } 11578 11579 void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11580 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11581 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11582 << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName(); 11583 } 11584 11585 void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11586 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 11587 if (RD->isUnion()) { 11588 if (OrigLoc.isValid()) { 11589 bool IsUnion = false; 11590 if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl()) 11591 IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion(); 11592 S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context) 11593 << 2 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext; 11594 // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once. 11595 OrigLoc = SourceLocation(); 11596 } 11597 InNonTrivialUnion = true; 11598 } 11599 11600 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11601 S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11602 << 0 << 2 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << ""; 11603 11604 for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) 11605 if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) 11606 asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11607 } 11608 11609 void preVisit(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT, 11610 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11611 void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11612 void visitVolatileTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 11613 bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11614 11615 // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a 11616 // non-trivial C union. 11617 QualType OrigTy; 11618 SourceLocation OrigLoc; 11619 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext; 11620 Sema &S; 11621 }; 11622 11623 } // namespace 11624 11625 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnion(QualType QT, SourceLocation Loc, 11626 NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, 11627 unsigned NonTrivialKind) { 11628 assert((QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 11629 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || 11630 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) && 11631 "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C union"); 11632 11633 if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Init) && 11634 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion()) 11635 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this) 11636 .visit(QT, nullptr, false); 11637 if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Destruct) && 11638 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion()) 11639 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this) 11640 .visit(QT, nullptr, false); 11641 if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Copy) && QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 11642 DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this) 11643 .visit(QT, nullptr, false); 11644 } 11645 11646 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 11647 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 11648 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 11649 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 11650 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 11651 // the initializer. 11652 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11653 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 11654 return; 11655 } 11656 11657 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 11658 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 11659 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 11660 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 11661 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 11662 return; 11663 } 11664 11665 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 11666 if (!VDecl) { 11667 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 11668 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 11669 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11670 return; 11671 } 11672 11673 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 11674 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11675 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 11676 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 11677 // TypoExpr. 11678 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 11679 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 11680 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11681 return; 11682 } 11683 Init = Res.get(); 11684 11685 if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init)) 11686 return; 11687 } 11688 11689 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 11690 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 11691 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 11692 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11693 return; 11694 } 11695 11696 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 11697 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 11698 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 11699 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11700 return; 11701 } 11702 11703 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 11704 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 11705 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 11706 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 11707 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 11708 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 11709 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 11710 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 11711 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 11712 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11713 return; 11714 } 11715 11716 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 11717 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 11718 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11719 AbstractVariableType)) 11720 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11721 } 11722 11723 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 11724 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 11725 // handle the situation. 11726 VarDecl *Def; 11727 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 11728 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 11729 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 11730 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 11731 return; 11732 11733 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11734 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 11735 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 11736 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 11737 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 11738 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 11739 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 11740 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 11741 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 11742 // 11743 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 11744 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 11745 // declaration with an initializer. 11746 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 11747 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 11748 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 11749 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 11750 diag::note_previous_initializer) 11751 << 0; 11752 return; 11753 } 11754 11755 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 11756 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 11757 11758 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 11759 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11760 return; 11761 } 11762 } 11763 11764 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 11765 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 11766 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 11767 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 11768 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11769 return; 11770 } 11771 11772 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 11773 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 11774 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 11775 11776 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 11777 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 11778 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 11779 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 11780 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 11781 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11782 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11783 return; 11784 } 11785 Init = Result.get(); 11786 } 11787 11788 // Perform the initialization. 11789 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 11790 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11791 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 11792 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 11793 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 11794 11795 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 11796 if (CXXDirectInit) 11797 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 11798 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 11799 11800 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 11801 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 11802 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 11803 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 11804 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 11805 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 11806 }); 11807 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 11808 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11809 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 11810 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 11811 } 11812 } 11813 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 11814 return; 11815 11816 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 11817 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 11818 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 11819 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 11820 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11821 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11822 return; 11823 } 11824 11825 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 11826 } 11827 11828 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 11829 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 11830 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 11831 // This is undefined behavior in C++, but valid in C. 11832 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11833 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 11834 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 11835 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 11836 } 11837 } 11838 11839 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 11840 // completed by the initializer. For example: 11841 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 11842 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 11843 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 11844 VDecl->setType(DclT); 11845 11846 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11847 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 11848 11849 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 11850 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 11851 11852 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 11853 // Although this code can still have problems: 11854 // id x = self.weakProp; 11855 // id y = self.weakProp; 11856 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 11857 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 11858 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 11859 if (FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction()) 11860 if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 11861 VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) && 11862 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 11863 Init->getBeginLoc())) 11864 FSI->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 11865 } 11866 11867 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 11868 // 11869 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 11870 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 11871 // full-expression. For instance, in: 11872 // 11873 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 11874 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 11875 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 11876 // 11877 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 11878 ExprResult Result = 11879 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 11880 /*DiscardedValue*/ false, VDecl->isConstexpr()); 11881 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11882 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11883 return; 11884 } 11885 Init = Result.get(); 11886 11887 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 11888 VDecl->setInit(Init); 11889 11890 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 11891 // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed. 11892 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11893 // do nothing 11894 11895 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized. 11896 // This is true even in C++ for OpenCL. 11897 } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 11898 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 11899 11900 // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer. 11901 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11902 // do nothing 11903 11904 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 11905 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 11906 } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 11907 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 11908 11909 // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers. 11910 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 11911 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 11912 // constant expressions. 11913 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 11914 isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 11915 const Expr *Culprit; 11916 if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) { 11917 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 11918 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 11919 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 11920 } 11921 } 11922 11923 if (auto *E = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 11924 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) 11925 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 11926 BE->getBlockDecl()->setCanAvoidCopyToHeap(); 11927 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 11928 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 11929 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 11930 // 11931 // struct S { 11932 // static const int value = 17; 11933 // }; 11934 11935 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 11936 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 11937 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 11938 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 11939 // 11940 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 11941 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 11942 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 11943 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause 11944 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 11945 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 11946 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 11947 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 11948 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 11949 11950 // Do nothing on dependent types. 11951 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 11952 11953 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 11954 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 11955 // type. 11956 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 11957 11958 // Require constness. 11959 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 11960 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 11961 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11962 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11963 11964 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 11965 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 11966 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 11967 SourceLocation Loc; 11968 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 11969 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 11970 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 11971 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 11972 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 11973 ; // Nothing to check. 11974 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 11975 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 11976 else if (Init->getType()->isScopedEnumeralType() && 11977 Init->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Context)) 11978 ; // Ok, it is a scoped-enum constant expression. 11979 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 11980 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 11981 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 11982 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 11983 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11984 } else { 11985 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 11986 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 11987 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 11988 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11989 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11990 } 11991 11992 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 11993 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 11994 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 11995 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 11996 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 11997 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 11998 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 11999 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 12000 Diag(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), 12001 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 12002 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr "); 12003 } else { 12004 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 12005 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 12006 12007 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 12008 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 12009 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12010 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12011 } 12012 } 12013 12014 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 12015 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 12016 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 12017 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 12018 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr "); 12019 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 12020 12021 } else { 12022 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 12023 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 12024 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12025 } 12026 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 12027 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 12028 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 12029 // definition. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 12030 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 12031 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 12032 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 12033 // C++ rules. 12034 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 12035 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 12036 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 12037 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 12038 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 12039 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 12040 12041 // In Microsoft C++ mode, a const variable defined in namespace scope has 12042 // external linkage by default if the variable is declared with 12043 // __declspec(dllexport). 12044 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && 12045 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->getType().isConstQualified() && 12046 VDecl->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() && VDecl->getDefinition()) 12047 VDecl->setStorageClass(SC_Extern); 12048 12049 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 12050 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12051 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 12052 } 12053 12054 QualType InitType = Init->getType(); 12055 if (!InitType.isNull() && 12056 (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 12057 InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())) 12058 checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(Init, Init->getExprLoc()); 12059 12060 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 12061 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 12062 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 12063 // 12064 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 12065 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 12066 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 12067 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 12068 // special case code. 12069 12070 // C++ 8.5p11: 12071 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 12072 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 12073 // class type. 12074 if (CXXDirectInit) { 12075 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 12076 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 12077 } else if (DirectInit) { 12078 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 12079 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 12080 } 12081 12082 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 12083 } 12084 12085 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 12086 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 12087 /// of sanity. 12088 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 12089 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 12090 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 12091 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 12092 12093 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 12094 if (!VD) return; 12095 12096 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 12097 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 12098 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 12099 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 12100 12101 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 12102 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 12103 D->setInvalidDecl(); 12104 return; 12105 } 12106 12107 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 12108 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 12109 12110 // Require a complete type. 12111 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 12112 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 12113 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 12114 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12115 return; 12116 } 12117 12118 // Require a non-abstract type. 12119 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 12120 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12121 AbstractVariableType)) { 12122 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12123 return; 12124 } 12125 12126 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 12127 // though. 12128 } 12129 12130 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { 12131 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 12132 if (!RealDecl) 12133 return; 12134 12135 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 12136 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 12137 12138 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 12139 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 12140 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 12141 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12142 return; 12143 } 12144 12145 if (Type->isUndeducedType() && 12146 DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr)) 12147 return; 12148 12149 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 12150 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 12151 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 12152 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 12153 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 12154 // member. 12155 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 12156 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 12157 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 12158 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 12159 // a definition there. 12160 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && 12161 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12162 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 12163 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 12164 << Var->getDeclName(); 12165 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12166 return; 12167 } 12168 } else { 12169 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 12170 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12171 return; 12172 } 12173 } 12174 12175 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 12176 // be initialized. 12177 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 12178 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 12179 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 12180 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 12181 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12182 return; 12183 } 12184 12185 VarDecl::DefinitionKind DefKind = Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 12186 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && DefKind != VarDecl::DeclarationOnly && 12187 Var->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion()) 12188 checkNonTrivialCUnion(Var->getType(), Var->getLocation(), 12189 NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, NTCUK_Init); 12190 12191 12192 switch (DefKind) { 12193 case VarDecl::Definition: 12194 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 12195 break; 12196 12197 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 12198 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 12199 // a declaration. 12200 // 12201 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 12202 12203 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 12204 // It's only a declaration. 12205 12206 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 12207 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 12208 // object shall be complete. 12209 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 12210 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 12211 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 12212 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 12213 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12214 12215 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 12216 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 12217 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 12218 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12219 AbstractVariableType)) 12220 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12221 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 12222 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 12223 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 12224 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 12225 } 12226 12227 if (Context.getTargetInfo().allowDebugInfoForExternalVar() && 12228 !Var->isInvalidDecl() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12229 ExternalDeclarations.push_back(Var); 12230 12231 return; 12232 12233 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 12234 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 12235 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 12236 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 12237 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 12238 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 12239 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 12240 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 12241 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 12242 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 12243 ArrayT->getElementType(), 12244 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 12245 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12246 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 12247 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 12248 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 12249 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 12250 // NOTE: code such as the following 12251 // static struct s; 12252 // struct s { int a; }; 12253 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 12254 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 12255 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 12256 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 12257 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 12258 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 12259 } 12260 } 12261 12262 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 12263 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 12264 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 12265 return; 12266 } 12267 12268 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 12269 // definitions with incomplete array type. 12270 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 12271 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 12272 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 12273 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12274 return; 12275 } 12276 12277 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 12278 // definitions with reference type. 12279 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 12280 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 12281 << Var->getDeclName() 12282 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 12283 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12284 return; 12285 } 12286 12287 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 12288 // variable with dependent type. 12289 if (Type->isDependentType()) 12290 return; 12291 12292 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 12293 return; 12294 12295 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 12296 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 12297 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 12298 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 12299 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12300 return; 12301 } 12302 } else { 12303 return; 12304 } 12305 12306 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 12307 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 12308 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12309 AbstractVariableType)) { 12310 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12311 return; 12312 } 12313 12314 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 12315 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 12316 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 12317 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 12318 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 12319 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 12320 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 12321 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 12322 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 12323 // types and is declared without an initializer. 12324 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 12325 if (const RecordType *Record 12326 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12327 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 12328 // Mark the function (if we're in one) for further checking even if the 12329 // looser rules of C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can 12330 // diagnose incompatibilities with C++98. 12331 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 12332 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 12333 } 12334 } 12335 // In OpenCL, we can't initialize objects in the __local address space, 12336 // even implicitly, so don't synthesize an implicit initializer. 12337 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && 12338 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) 12339 return; 12340 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 12341 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 12342 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 12343 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 12344 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 12345 // type shall have a user-declared default 12346 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 12347 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 12348 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 12349 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 12350 // program is ill-formed. 12351 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 12352 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 12353 // default-initialized; [...]. 12354 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 12355 InitializationKind Kind 12356 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 12357 12358 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 12359 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 12360 if (Init.isInvalid()) 12361 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12362 else if (Init.get()) { 12363 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 12364 // This is important for template substitution. 12365 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 12366 } 12367 12368 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 12369 } 12370 } 12371 12372 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 12373 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 12374 if (!D) 12375 return; 12376 12377 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 12378 if (!VD) { 12379 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 12380 D->setInvalidDecl(); 12381 return; 12382 } 12383 12384 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 12385 12386 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 12387 int Error = -1; 12388 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 12389 case SC_None: 12390 break; 12391 case SC_Extern: 12392 Error = 0; 12393 break; 12394 case SC_Static: 12395 Error = 1; 12396 break; 12397 case SC_PrivateExtern: 12398 Error = 2; 12399 break; 12400 case SC_Auto: 12401 Error = 3; 12402 break; 12403 case SC_Register: 12404 Error = 4; 12405 break; 12406 } 12407 if (Error != -1) { 12408 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 12409 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 12410 D->setInvalidDecl(); 12411 } 12412 } 12413 12414 StmtResult 12415 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 12416 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 12417 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 12418 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 12419 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 12420 // A range-based for statement of the form 12421 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 12422 // is equivalent to 12423 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 12424 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 12425 12426 const char *PrevSpec; 12427 unsigned DiagID; 12428 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 12429 getPrintingPolicy()); 12430 12431 Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::ForContext); 12432 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 12433 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 12434 12435 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/ false), 12436 IdentLoc); 12437 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 12438 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 12439 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 12440 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 12441 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 12442 } 12443 12444 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 12445 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 12446 12447 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12448 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 12449 // initialiser 12450 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 12451 !var->hasInit()) { 12452 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 12453 << 1 /*Init*/; 12454 var->setInvalidDecl(); 12455 return; 12456 } 12457 } 12458 12459 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 12460 // local retaining variable. 12461 if (getLangOpts().ObjC && 12462 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 12463 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 12464 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 12465 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 12466 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 12467 break; 12468 12469 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 12470 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 12471 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 12472 break; 12473 } 12474 } 12475 12476 if (var->hasLocalStorage() && 12477 var->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) 12478 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 12479 12480 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 12481 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 12482 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 12483 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 12484 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 12485 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 12486 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 12487 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 12488 !var->isInline() && !var->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 12489 !isTemplateInstantiation(var->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) && 12490 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 12491 var->getLocation())) { 12492 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 12493 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 12494 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 12495 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 12496 12497 if (!prev) { 12498 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 12499 Diag(var->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage) 12500 << /* variable */ 0; 12501 } 12502 } 12503 12504 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 12505 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 12506 const Expr *CacheCulprit = nullptr; 12507 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 12508 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 12509 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 12510 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 12511 return *CacheHasConstInit; 12512 }; 12513 12514 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 12515 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 12516 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 12517 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 12518 // have a non-trivial destructor. 12519 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 12520 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12521 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 12522 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 12523 if (!checkConstInit()) { 12524 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 12525 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 12526 // initialization. 12527 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 12528 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 12529 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 12530 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12531 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 12532 } 12533 } 12534 } 12535 12536 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 12537 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 12538 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 12539 !inTemplateInstantiation()) { 12540 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 12541 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 12542 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 12543 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 12544 else if (!var->getInit()) { 12545 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 12546 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 12547 } else { 12548 Stack = &DataSegStack; 12549 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 12550 } 12551 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) 12552 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 12553 Context, Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), 12554 Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma, 12555 SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate)); 12556 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 12557 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 12558 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 12559 12560 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 12561 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 12562 // attribute. 12563 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 12564 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 12565 CurInitSegLoc, 12566 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 12567 } 12568 12569 // All the following checks are C++ only. 12570 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12571 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 12572 // current module. 12573 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 12574 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 12575 return; 12576 } 12577 12578 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 12579 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 12580 12581 QualType type = var->getType(); 12582 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 12583 12584 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 12585 getCurFunction()->addByrefBlockVar(var); 12586 12587 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 12588 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 12589 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 12590 12591 if (Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 12592 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 12593 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 12594 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 12595 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 12596 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 12597 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 12598 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 12599 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 12600 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 12601 Notes.clear(); 12602 } 12603 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 12604 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 12605 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 12606 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 12607 } 12608 } else if (var->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 12609 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 12610 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 12611 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 12612 var->checkInitIsICE(); 12613 } 12614 12615 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they 12616 // were just diagnosed. 12617 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && var->hasAttr<ConstInitAttr>()) { 12618 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. 12619 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 12620 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); 12621 if (DiagErr) { 12622 auto *Attr = var->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>(); 12623 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 12624 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12625 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 12626 diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 12627 << Attr->getRange() << Attr->isConstinit(); 12628 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 12629 APValue Value; 12630 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 12631 Init->EvaluateAsInitializer(Value, getASTContext(), var, Notes); 12632 for (auto &it : Notes) 12633 Diag(it.first, it.second); 12634 } else { 12635 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), 12636 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) 12637 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 12638 } 12639 } 12640 } 12641 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && 12642 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 12643 var->getLocation())) { 12644 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 12645 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 12646 // warned about them. 12647 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 12648 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 12649 if (!checkConstInit()) 12650 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 12651 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12652 } 12653 } 12654 } 12655 12656 // Require the destructor. 12657 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 12658 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 12659 12660 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 12661 // module. 12662 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 12663 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 12664 } 12665 12666 /// Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 12667 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 12668 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12669 return true; 12670 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 12671 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 12672 return true; 12673 return false; 12674 } 12675 12676 /// Check if VD needs to be dllexport/dllimport due to being in a 12677 /// dllexport/import function. 12678 void Sema::CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD) { 12679 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 12680 12681 auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 12682 12683 // Find outermost function when VD is in lambda function. 12684 while (FD && !getDLLAttr(FD) && 12685 !FD->hasAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>() && 12686 !FD->hasAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) { 12687 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(FD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 12688 } 12689 12690 if (!FD) 12691 return; 12692 12693 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 12694 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 12695 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 12696 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 12697 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 12698 } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>()) { 12699 auto *NewAttr = DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A); 12700 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 12701 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 12702 12703 // Export this function to enforce exporting this static variable even 12704 // if it is not used in this compilation unit. 12705 if (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) 12706 FD->addAttr(NewAttr); 12707 12708 } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) { 12709 auto *NewAttr = DLLImportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A); 12710 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 12711 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 12712 } 12713 } 12714 12715 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 12716 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 12717 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 12718 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 12719 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 12720 12721 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 12722 if (!VD) 12723 return; 12724 12725 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active 12726 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 12727 !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 12728 if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid) 12729 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 12730 Context, PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName, 12731 PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation, 12732 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 12733 if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid) 12734 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 12735 Context, PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName, 12736 PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation, 12737 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 12738 if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid) 12739 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 12740 Context, PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName, 12741 PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation, 12742 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 12743 if (PragmaClangRelroSection.Valid) 12744 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRelroSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 12745 Context, PragmaClangRelroSection.SectionName, 12746 PragmaClangRelroSection.PragmaLocation, 12747 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 12748 } 12749 12750 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 12751 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 12752 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 12753 } 12754 } 12755 12756 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 12757 12758 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 12759 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 12760 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 12761 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 12762 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 12763 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 12764 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) && 12765 !VD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12766 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 12767 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 12768 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 12769 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 12770 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 12771 } 12772 } 12773 } 12774 12775 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 12776 CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VD); 12777 12778 if (dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 12779 // CUDA 8.0 E.3.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 12780 // function, only __shared__ variables or variables without any device 12781 // memory qualifiers may be declared with static storage class. 12782 // Note: It is unclear how a function-scope non-const static variable 12783 // without device memory qualifier is implemented, therefore only static 12784 // const variable without device memory qualifier is allowed. 12785 [&]() { 12786 if (!getLangOpts().CUDA) 12787 return; 12788 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) 12789 return; 12790 if (VD->getType().isConstQualified() && 12791 !(VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 12792 return; 12793 if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), 12794 diag::err_device_static_local_var) 12795 << CurrentCUDATarget()) 12796 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12797 }(); 12798 } 12799 } 12800 12801 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 12802 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 12803 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 12804 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 12805 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 12806 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 12807 checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VD); 12808 12809 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 12810 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 12811 12812 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 12813 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 12814 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 12815 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 12816 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 12817 // with a warning. 12818 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 12819 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 12820 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 12821 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 12822 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12823 12824 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 12825 IsClassTemplateMember 12826 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 12827 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 12828 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 12829 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 12830 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12831 } 12832 } 12833 12834 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 12835 // isn't exported with the variable. 12836 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 12837 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 12838 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 12839 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 12840 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 12841 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 12842 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 12843 } else { 12844 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 12845 << DLLAttr; 12846 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12847 } 12848 } 12849 12850 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 12851 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 12852 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 12853 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 12854 } 12855 } 12856 12857 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 12858 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 12859 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 12860 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 12861 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 12862 12863 // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations. 12864 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 12865 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 12866 12867 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 12868 // tag values. 12869 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 12870 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 12871 return; 12872 12873 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 12874 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 12875 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 12876 continue; 12877 } 12878 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 12879 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 12880 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 12881 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 12882 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 12883 continue; 12884 } 12885 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 12886 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 12887 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 12888 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 12889 continue; 12890 } 12891 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 12892 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 12893 MagicValue, 12894 I->getMatchingCType(), 12895 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 12896 I->getMustBeNull()); 12897 } 12898 } 12899 12900 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { 12901 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD); 12902 return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType(); 12903 } 12904 12905 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 12906 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 12907 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 12908 12909 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 12910 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 12911 12912 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 12913 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 12914 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 12915 DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr; 12916 bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false; 12917 12918 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12919 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 12920 // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need 12921 // to perform. 12922 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { 12923 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 12924 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 12925 if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 12926 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 12927 if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() && 12928 !hasDeducedAuto(DD)) 12929 FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD; 12930 12931 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) { 12932 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 12933 // declaration in the same group. 12934 if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 12935 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 12936 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 12937 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 12938 << DD->getSourceRange(); 12939 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 12940 } 12941 12942 // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a 12943 // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other 12944 // declarator in the same group. 12945 if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) { 12946 Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(), 12947 diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone) 12948 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType() 12949 ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() 12950 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 12951 << DD->getSourceRange(); 12952 DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true; 12953 } 12954 } 12955 } 12956 12957 Decls.push_back(D); 12958 } 12959 } 12960 12961 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 12962 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 12963 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 12964 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 12965 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12966 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 12967 } 12968 } 12969 12970 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); 12971 } 12972 12973 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 12974 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 12975 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 12976 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 12977 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) 12978 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each 12979 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 12980 if (Group.size() > 1) { 12981 QualType Deduced; 12982 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 12983 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12984 VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]); 12985 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) 12986 break; 12987 DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType(); 12988 if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull()) 12989 continue; 12990 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 12991 Deduced = DT->getDeducedType(); 12992 DeducedDecl = D; 12993 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) { 12994 auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT); 12995 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 12996 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 12997 << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) 12998 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 12999 << DT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName() 13000 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 13001 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 13002 D->setInvalidDecl(); 13003 break; 13004 } 13005 } 13006 } 13007 13008 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 13009 13010 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 13011 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 13012 } 13013 13014 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 13015 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 13016 } 13017 13018 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 13019 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 13020 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 13021 return; 13022 13023 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 13024 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 13025 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 13026 Group[0]->getLocation())) 13027 return; 13028 13029 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 13030 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 13031 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 13032 // additional declaration references: 13033 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 13034 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 13035 // 'struct S *pS;' 13036 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 13037 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 13038 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 13039 Group = Group.slice(1); 13040 } 13041 } 13042 13043 // FIMXE: We assume every Decl in the group is in the same file. 13044 // This is false when preprocessor constructs the group from decls in 13045 // different files (e. g. macros or #include). 13046 Context.attachCommentsToJustParsedDecls(Group, &getPreprocessor()); 13047 } 13048 13049 /// Common checks for a parameter-declaration that should apply to both function 13050 /// parameters and non-type template parameters. 13051 void Sema::CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 13052 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 13053 // parameter. 13054 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13055 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13056 13057 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 13058 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 13059 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 13060 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 13061 } 13062 13063 // [dcl.meaning]p1: An unqualified-id occurring in a declarator-id shall be a 13064 // simple identifier except [...irrelevant cases...]. 13065 switch (D.getName().getKind()) { 13066 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier: 13067 break; 13068 13069 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 13070 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: 13071 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 13072 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: 13073 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: 13074 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 13075 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: 13076 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 13077 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 13078 break; 13079 13080 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: 13081 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: 13082 // GetNameForDeclarator would not produce a useful name in this case. 13083 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name_template_id); 13084 break; 13085 } 13086 } 13087 13088 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 13089 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 13090 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 13091 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 13092 13093 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 13094 13095 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 13096 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 13097 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 13098 SC = SC_Register; 13099 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 13100 // In C++17, it is not allowed, but we tolerate it as an extension. 13101 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 13102 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13103 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 13104 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 13105 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 13106 } 13107 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13108 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 13109 SC = SC_Auto; 13110 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 13111 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13112 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 13113 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 13114 } 13115 13116 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 13117 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 13118 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 13119 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 13120 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 13121 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 13122 if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier()) 13123 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 13124 << 0 << D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier(); 13125 13126 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 13127 13128 CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(S, D); 13129 13130 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13131 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 13132 13133 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 13134 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13135 if (II) { 13136 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 13137 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 13138 LookupName(R, S); 13139 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 13140 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 13141 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13142 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13143 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13144 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13145 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13146 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 13147 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 13148 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13149 13150 // Recover by removing the name 13151 II = nullptr; 13152 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 13153 D.setInvalidType(true); 13154 } 13155 } 13156 } 13157 13158 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 13159 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 13160 // looking like class members in C++. 13161 ParmVarDecl *New = 13162 CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), D.getBeginLoc(), 13163 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, parmDeclType, TInfo, SC); 13164 13165 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13166 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13167 13168 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 13169 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 13170 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 13171 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 13172 13173 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 13174 S->AddDecl(New); 13175 if (II) 13176 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 13177 13178 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 13179 13180 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13181 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 13182 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 13183 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 13184 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 13185 13186 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 13187 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 13188 } 13189 13190 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 13191 deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(New); 13192 13193 return New; 13194 } 13195 13196 /// Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 13197 /// typedef. 13198 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 13199 SourceLocation Loc, 13200 QualType T) { 13201 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 13202 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 13203 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 13204 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 13205 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 13206 SC_None, nullptr); 13207 Param->setImplicit(); 13208 return Param; 13209 } 13210 13211 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 13212 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 13213 // will already have done so in the template itself. 13214 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) 13215 return; 13216 13217 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 13218 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 13219 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 13220 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 13221 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 13222 } 13223 } 13224 } 13225 13226 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 13227 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 13228 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 13229 return; 13230 13231 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 13232 // threshold. 13233 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 13234 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 13235 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 13236 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 13237 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 13238 } 13239 13240 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 13241 // threshold. 13242 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 13243 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 13244 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 13245 continue; 13246 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 13247 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 13248 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 13249 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 13250 } 13251 } 13252 13253 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 13254 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 13255 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 13256 StorageClass SC) { 13257 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 13258 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 13259 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 13260 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 13261 13262 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 13263 13264 // Special cases for arrays: 13265 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 13266 // - otherwise, it's an error 13267 if (T->isArrayType()) { 13268 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 13269 if (DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics()) 13270 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 13271 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 13272 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 13273 else 13274 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership) 13275 << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 13276 } 13277 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 13278 } else { 13279 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 13280 } 13281 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 13282 } 13283 13284 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 13285 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 13286 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 13287 13288 // Make a note if we created a new pack in the scope of a lambda, so that 13289 // we know that references to that pack must also be expanded within the 13290 // lambda scope. 13291 if (New->isParameterPack()) 13292 if (auto *LSI = getEnclosingLambda()) 13293 LSI->LocalPacks.push_back(New); 13294 13295 if (New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || 13296 New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 13297 checkNonTrivialCUnion(New->getType(), New->getLocation(), 13298 NTCUC_FunctionParam, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy); 13299 13300 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 13301 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 13302 // the class has been completely parsed. 13303 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 13304 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13305 AbstractParamType)) 13306 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13307 13308 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 13309 // passed by reference. 13310 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 13311 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 13312 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc()); 13313 Diag(NameLoc, 13314 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 13315 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 13316 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 13317 New->setType(T); 13318 } 13319 13320 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 13321 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 13322 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 13323 // an address space. 13324 if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default && 13325 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 13326 // to be qualified with an address space. 13327 !(getLangOpts().OpenCL && 13328 (T->isArrayType() || T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private))) { 13329 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 13330 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13331 } 13332 13333 return New; 13334 } 13335 13336 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 13337 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 13338 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 13339 13340 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 13341 // for a K&R function. 13342 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 13343 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 13344 --i; 13345 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 13346 SmallString<256> Code; 13347 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 13348 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 13349 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 13350 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 13351 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 13352 13353 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 13354 // type. 13355 AttributeFactory attrs; 13356 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 13357 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 13358 unsigned DiagID; // unused 13359 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 13360 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 13361 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 13362 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 13363 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 13364 Declarator ParamD(DS, DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeListContext); 13365 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 13366 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 13367 } 13368 } 13369 } 13370 } 13371 13372 Decl * 13373 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 13374 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 13375 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 13376 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 13377 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 13378 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 13379 13380 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 13381 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 13382 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 13383 } 13384 13385 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 13386 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 13387 } 13388 13389 static bool 13390 ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 13391 const FunctionDecl *&PossiblePrototype) { 13392 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 13393 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 13394 return false; 13395 13396 // Or declarations that aren't global. 13397 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 13398 return false; 13399 13400 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 13401 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 13402 return false; 13403 13404 // Don't warn about 'main'. 13405 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13406 if (IdentifierInfo *II = FD->getIdentifier()) 13407 if (II->isStr("main")) 13408 return false; 13409 13410 // Don't warn about inline functions. 13411 if (FD->isInlined()) 13412 return false; 13413 13414 // Don't warn about function templates. 13415 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 13416 return false; 13417 13418 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 13419 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 13420 return false; 13421 13422 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 13423 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 13424 return false; 13425 13426 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 13427 if (FD->isDeleted()) 13428 return false; 13429 13430 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 13431 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 13432 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 13433 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 13434 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13435 continue; 13436 13437 PossiblePrototype = Prev; 13438 return Prev->getType()->isFunctionNoProtoType(); 13439 } 13440 13441 return true; 13442 } 13443 13444 void 13445 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 13446 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 13447 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 13448 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 13449 if (!Definition && !FD->isDefined(Definition) && !FD->isCXXClassMember()) { 13450 // If this is a friend function defined in a class template, it does not 13451 // have a body until it is used, nevertheless it is a definition, see 13452 // [temp.inst]p2: 13453 // 13454 // ... for the purpose of determining whether an instantiated redeclaration 13455 // is valid according to [basic.def.odr] and [class.mem], a declaration that 13456 // corresponds to a definition in the template is considered to be a 13457 // definition. 13458 // 13459 // The following code must produce redefinition error: 13460 // 13461 // template<typename T> struct C20 { friend void func_20() {} }; 13462 // C20<int> c20i; 13463 // void func_20() {} 13464 // 13465 for (auto I : FD->redecls()) { 13466 if (I != FD && !I->isInvalidDecl() && 13467 I->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 13468 if (FunctionDecl *Original = I->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { 13469 if (FunctionDecl *OrigFD = FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { 13470 // A merged copy of the same function, instantiated as a member of 13471 // the same class, is OK. 13472 if (declaresSameEntity(OrigFD, Original) && 13473 declaresSameEntity(cast<Decl>(I->getLexicalDeclContext()), 13474 cast<Decl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext()))) 13475 continue; 13476 } 13477 13478 if (Original->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 13479 Definition = I; 13480 break; 13481 } 13482 } 13483 } 13484 } 13485 } 13486 13487 if (!Definition) 13488 // Similar to friend functions a friend function template may be a 13489 // definition and do not have a body if it is instantiated in a class 13490 // template. 13491 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 13492 for (auto I : FTD->redecls()) { 13493 auto D = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(I); 13494 if (D != FTD) { 13495 assert(!D->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 13496 "More than one definition in redeclaration chain"); 13497 if (D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) 13498 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FT = 13499 D->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 13500 if (FT->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 13501 Definition = D->getTemplatedDecl(); 13502 break; 13503 } 13504 } 13505 } 13506 } 13507 } 13508 13509 if (!Definition) 13510 return; 13511 13512 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 13513 return; 13514 13515 // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected 13516 // definition. 13517 if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition)) 13518 return; 13519 13520 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 13521 // a template, skip the new definition. 13522 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 13523 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 13524 Definition->isInlined() || 13525 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 13526 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 13527 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 13528 SkipBody->Previous = const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition); 13529 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 13530 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD); 13531 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition)); 13532 return; 13533 } 13534 13535 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 13536 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 13537 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 13538 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13539 else 13540 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 13541 13542 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13543 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13544 } 13545 13546 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 13547 Sema &S) { 13548 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 13549 13550 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 13551 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 13552 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 13553 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 13554 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 13555 13556 if (LCD == LCD_None) 13557 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 13558 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 13559 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 13560 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 13561 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 13562 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 13563 13564 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 13565 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 13566 13567 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 13568 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 13569 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 13570 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 13571 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 13572 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 13573 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 13574 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 13575 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 13576 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 13577 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 13578 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 13579 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 13580 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 13581 CaptureType, /*Invalid*/false); 13582 13583 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 13584 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), I->getType(), 13585 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 13586 } else { 13587 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getCapturedVLAType(), 13588 I->getType()); 13589 } 13590 ++I; 13591 } 13592 } 13593 13594 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 13595 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 13596 if (!D) { 13597 // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Push on a fake scope 13598 // anyway so we can try to parse the function body. 13599 PushFunctionScope(); 13600 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context); 13601 return D; 13602 } 13603 13604 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 13605 13606 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 13607 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 13608 else 13609 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 13610 13611 // Do not push if it is a lambda because one is already pushed when building 13612 // the lambda in ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(). 13613 if (!isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) 13614 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context); 13615 13616 // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition. 13617 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 13618 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; 13619 FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 13620 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13621 } 13622 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) { 13623 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; 13624 FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>(); 13625 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13626 } 13627 13628 // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' is already set, then 13629 // these checks were already performed when it was set. 13630 if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 13631 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 13632 13633 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 13634 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 13635 return D; 13636 } 13637 13638 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 13639 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 13640 // this function. 13641 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 13642 13643 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 13644 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 13645 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 13646 // LambdaScopeInfo. 13647 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 13648 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 13649 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 13650 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 13651 // have the LSI properly restored. 13652 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 13653 assert(inTemplateInstantiation() && 13654 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 13655 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 13656 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 13657 } else { 13658 // Enter a new function scope 13659 PushFunctionScope(); 13660 } 13661 13662 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 13663 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 13664 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 13665 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 13666 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 13667 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13668 } 13669 } 13670 13671 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 13672 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 13673 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 13674 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 13675 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 13676 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 13677 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 13678 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13679 13680 if (FnBodyScope) 13681 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 13682 13683 // Check the validity of our function parameters 13684 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 13685 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 13686 13687 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current 13688 // scope. 13689 if (FnBodyScope) { 13690 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { 13691 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); 13692 if (!NonParmDecl) 13693 continue; 13694 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && 13695 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); 13696 13697 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. 13698 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) 13699 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 13700 13701 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 13702 // accessible in this scope. 13703 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { 13704 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 13705 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 13706 } 13707 } 13708 } 13709 13710 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 13711 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 13712 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 13713 13714 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 13715 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 13716 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 13717 13718 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 13719 } 13720 } 13721 13722 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 13723 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 13724 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 13725 13726 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 13727 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 13728 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 13729 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 13730 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 13731 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13732 return D; 13733 } 13734 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 13735 // a function template). 13736 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 13737 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 13738 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 13739 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 13740 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 13741 13742 return D; 13743 } 13744 13745 /// Given the set of return statements within a function body, 13746 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 13747 /// optimization. 13748 /// 13749 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 13750 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 13751 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 13752 /// use the named return value optimization. 13753 /// 13754 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 13755 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 13756 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 13757 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 13758 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 13759 13760 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 13761 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 13762 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 13763 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 13764 } 13765 } 13766 } 13767 13768 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 13769 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 13770 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier()) 13771 return false; 13772 13773 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 13774 // return type (yet). 13775 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) { 13776 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 13777 // we can still delay parsing it. 13778 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 13779 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 13780 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 13781 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 13782 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 13783 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 13784 } 13785 } 13786 return false; 13787 } 13788 13789 return true; 13790 } 13791 13792 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 13793 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 13794 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 13795 // rest of the file. 13796 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 13797 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 13798 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) { 13799 if (FD->isConstexpr()) 13800 return false; 13801 // We can't simply call Type::isUndeducedType here, because inside template 13802 // auto can be deduced to a dependent type, which is not considered 13803 // "undeduced". 13804 if (FD->getReturnType()->getContainedDeducedType()) 13805 return false; 13806 } 13807 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 13808 } 13809 13810 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 13811 if (!Decl) 13812 return nullptr; 13813 if (FunctionDecl *FD = Decl->getAsFunction()) 13814 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 13815 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 13816 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 13817 return Decl; 13818 } 13819 13820 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 13821 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 13822 } 13823 13824 /// RAII object that pops an ExpressionEvaluationContext when exiting a function 13825 /// body. 13826 class ExitFunctionBodyRAII { 13827 public: 13828 ExitFunctionBodyRAII(Sema &S, bool IsLambda) : S(S), IsLambda(IsLambda) {} 13829 ~ExitFunctionBodyRAII() { 13830 if (!IsLambda) 13831 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 13832 } 13833 13834 private: 13835 Sema &S; 13836 bool IsLambda = false; 13837 }; 13838 13839 static void diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(Sema &S) { 13840 llvm::DenseMap<const BlockDecl *, bool> EscapeInfo; 13841 13842 auto IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock = [&](const BlockDecl *BD) { 13843 if (EscapeInfo.count(BD)) 13844 return EscapeInfo[BD]; 13845 13846 bool R = false; 13847 const BlockDecl *CurBD = BD; 13848 13849 do { 13850 R = !CurBD->doesNotEscape(); 13851 if (R) 13852 break; 13853 CurBD = CurBD->getParent()->getInnermostBlockDecl(); 13854 } while (CurBD); 13855 13856 return EscapeInfo[BD] = R; 13857 }; 13858 13859 // If the location where 'self' is implicitly retained is inside a escaping 13860 // block, emit a diagnostic. 13861 for (const std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *> &P : 13862 S.ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs) 13863 if (IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock(P.second)) 13864 S.Diag(P.first, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self) 13865 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(P.first, "self->"); 13866 } 13867 13868 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 13869 bool IsInstantiation) { 13870 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 13871 13872 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 13873 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 13874 13875 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && getCurFunction()->isCoroutine()) 13876 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 13877 13878 // Do not call PopExpressionEvaluationContext() if it is a lambda because one 13879 // is already popped when finishing the lambda in BuildLambdaExpr(). This is 13880 // meant to pop the context added in ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(). 13881 ExitFunctionBodyRAII ExitRAII(*this, isLambdaCallOperator(FD)); 13882 13883 if (FD) { 13884 FD->setBody(Body); 13885 FD->setWillHaveBody(false); 13886 13887 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 13888 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 13889 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 13890 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 13891 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 13892 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 13893 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 13894 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 13895 << FD->getReturnType(); 13896 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13897 } else { 13898 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 13899 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 13900 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 13901 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 13902 } 13903 } 13904 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 13905 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 13906 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 13907 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 13908 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 13909 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 13910 13911 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 13912 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 13913 // [the deduced type is] the type void 13914 QualType RetType = 13915 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 13916 13917 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 13918 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 13919 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 13920 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 13921 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 13922 } 13923 } 13924 13925 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 13926 // don't complain about missing return statements. 13927 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 13928 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 13929 13930 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 13931 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 13932 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) 13933 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 13934 13935 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13936 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 13937 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted() && !FD->hasSkippedBody()) 13938 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 13939 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 13940 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 13941 13942 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 13943 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 13944 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 13945 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 13946 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 13947 13948 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 13949 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 13950 // to deduce an implicit return type. 13951 if (FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 13952 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !FD->isDependentContext())) 13953 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 13954 } 13955 13956 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 13957 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 13958 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 13959 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 13960 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 13961 const FunctionDecl *PossiblePrototype = nullptr; 13962 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossiblePrototype)) { 13963 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 13964 13965 if (PossiblePrototype) { 13966 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 13967 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 13968 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = PossiblePrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 13969 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 13970 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 13971 Diag(PossiblePrototype->getLocation(), 13972 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 13973 << (FD->getNumParams() != 0) 13974 << (FD->getNumParams() == 0 13975 ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void") 13976 : FixItHint{}); 13977 } 13978 } else { 13979 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage) 13980 << /* function */ 1 13981 << (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_None 13982 ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), 13983 "static ") 13984 : FixItHint{}); 13985 } 13986 13987 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 13988 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 13989 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide 13990 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. 13991 // An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition 13992 // of that function specifies that the function has no parameters 13993 // (C99 6.7.5.3p14) 13994 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 && 13995 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { 13996 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 13997 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 13998 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 13999 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2; 14000 } 14001 } 14002 14003 // Warn on CPUDispatch with an actual body. 14004 if (FD->isMultiVersion() && FD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>() && Body) 14005 if (const auto *CmpndBody = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)) 14006 if (!CmpndBody->body_empty()) 14007 Diag(CmpndBody->body_front()->getBeginLoc(), 14008 diag::warn_dispatch_body_ignored); 14009 14010 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 14011 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 14012 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 14013 MD->isVirtual() && 14014 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 14015 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 14016 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 14017 if (FD->isInlined() && 14018 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 14019 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 14020 14021 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 14022 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 14023 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 14024 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 14025 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 14026 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 14027 } else { 14028 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 14029 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 14030 } 14031 } 14032 } 14033 14034 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 14035 "Function parsing confused"); 14036 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 14037 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 14038 MD->setBody(Body); 14039 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14040 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 14041 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 14042 14043 if (Body) 14044 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 14045 } 14046 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 14047 Diag(MD->getEndLoc(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 14048 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 14049 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 14050 } 14051 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 14052 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 14053 bool isDesignated = 14054 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 14055 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 14056 (void)isDesignated; 14057 14058 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 14059 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 14060 if (!IFace) 14061 return false; 14062 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 14063 if (!SuperD) 14064 return false; 14065 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 14066 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 14067 }; 14068 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 14069 // of NSObject. 14070 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 14071 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 14072 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 14073 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 14074 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 14075 } 14076 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 14077 } 14078 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 14079 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 14080 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 14081 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 14082 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 14083 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 14084 } 14085 14086 diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(*this); 14087 } else { 14088 // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Pop the fake scope 14089 // we pushed on. 14090 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 14091 return nullptr; 14092 } 14093 14094 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 14095 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 14096 14097 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 14098 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 14099 "handled in the block above."); 14100 14101 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 14102 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 14103 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 14104 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 14105 // Verify this. 14106 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 14107 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 14108 14109 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 14110 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 14111 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 14112 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 14113 14114 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 14115 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 14116 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 14117 14118 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 14119 Destructor->getParent()); 14120 } 14121 14122 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 14123 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 14124 // deletion in some later function. 14125 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 14126 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 14127 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 14128 } 14129 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 14130 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 14131 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 14132 // enabled. 14133 ActivePolicy = &WP; 14134 } 14135 14136 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 14137 !CheckConstexprFunctionDefinition(FD, CheckConstexprKind::Diagnose)) 14138 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14139 14140 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 14141 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 14142 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 14143 // require prologue. 14144 bool RegisterVariables = false; 14145 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 14146 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 14147 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 14148 RegisterVariables = 14149 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 14150 if (!RegisterVariables) 14151 break; 14152 } 14153 } 14154 } 14155 if (RegisterVariables) 14156 continue; 14157 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 14158 Diag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 14159 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 14160 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14161 break; 14162 } 14163 } 14164 } 14165 14166 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 14167 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 14168 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 14169 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 14170 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 14171 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 14172 } 14173 14174 if (!IsInstantiation) 14175 PopDeclContext(); 14176 14177 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 14178 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 14179 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 14180 // deletion in some later function. 14181 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 14182 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 14183 } 14184 14185 return dcl; 14186 } 14187 14188 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 14189 /// relevant Decl. 14190 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 14191 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 14192 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 14193 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 14194 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 14195 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs); 14196 14197 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 14198 if (Method->isStatic()) 14199 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 14200 } 14201 14202 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 14203 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 14204 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 14205 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 14206 // Find the scope in which the identifier is injected and the corresponding 14207 // DeclContext. 14208 // FIXME: C89 does not say what happens if there is no enclosing block scope. 14209 // In that case, we inject the declaration into the translation unit scope 14210 // instead. 14211 Scope *BlockScope = S; 14212 while (!BlockScope->isCompoundStmtScope() && BlockScope->getParent()) 14213 BlockScope = BlockScope->getParent(); 14214 14215 Scope *ContextScope = BlockScope; 14216 while (!ContextScope->getEntity()) 14217 ContextScope = ContextScope->getParent(); 14218 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, ContextScope->getEntity()); 14219 14220 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 14221 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 14222 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 14223 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 14224 NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 14225 if (ExternCPrev) { 14226 // We still need to inject the function into the enclosing block scope so 14227 // that later (non-call) uses can see it. 14228 PushOnScopeChains(ExternCPrev, BlockScope, /*AddToContext*/false); 14229 14230 // C89 footnote 38: 14231 // If in fact it is not defined as having type "function returning int", 14232 // the behavior is undefined. 14233 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev) || 14234 !Context.typesAreCompatible( 14235 cast<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev)->getType(), 14236 Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Context.IntTy))) { 14237 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_use_out_of_scope_declaration) 14238 << ExternCPrev << !getLangOpts().C99; 14239 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14240 return ExternCPrev; 14241 } 14242 } 14243 14244 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 14245 unsigned diag_id; 14246 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 14247 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 14248 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported. 14249 else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 14250 diag_id = diag::err_opencl_implicit_function_decl; 14251 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 14252 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 14253 else 14254 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 14255 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 14256 14257 // If we found a prior declaration of this function, don't bother building 14258 // another one. We've already pushed that one into scope, so there's nothing 14259 // more to do. 14260 if (ExternCPrev) 14261 return ExternCPrev; 14262 14263 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 14264 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 14265 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 14266 TypoCorrection Corrected; 14267 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> CCC{}; 14268 if (S && (Corrected = 14269 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, 14270 S, nullptr, CCC, CTK_NonError))) 14271 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 14272 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 14273 } 14274 14275 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 14276 const char *Dummy; 14277 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 14278 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 14279 unsigned DiagID; 14280 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 14281 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 14282 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 14283 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 14284 SourceLocation NoLoc; 14285 Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::BlockContext); 14286 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 14287 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 14288 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 14289 /*Params=*/nullptr, 14290 /*NumParams=*/0, 14291 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 14292 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 14293 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 14294 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 14295 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, EST_None, 14296 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 14297 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 14298 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 14299 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 14300 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 14301 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 14302 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, Loc, 14303 Loc, D), 14304 std::move(DS.getAttributes()), SourceLocation()); 14305 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 14306 14307 // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope. 14308 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(BlockScope, D)); 14309 FD->setImplicit(); 14310 14311 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 14312 14313 return FD; 14314 } 14315 14316 /// Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 14317 /// the declaration of this function. 14318 /// 14319 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 14320 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 14321 /// like NSLog or printf. 14322 /// 14323 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 14324 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 14325 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 14326 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 14327 return; 14328 14329 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 14330 // actual attributes. 14331 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 14332 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 14333 unsigned FormatIdx; 14334 bool HasVAListArg; 14335 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 14336 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 14337 const char *fmt = "printf"; 14338 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 14339 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 14340 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 14341 fmt = "NSString"; 14342 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 14343 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 14344 FormatIdx+1, 14345 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 14346 FD->getLocation())); 14347 } 14348 } 14349 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 14350 HasVAListArg)) { 14351 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 14352 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 14353 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 14354 FormatIdx+1, 14355 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 14356 FD->getLocation())); 14357 } 14358 14359 // Handle automatically recognized callbacks. 14360 SmallVector<int, 4> Encoding; 14361 if (!FD->hasAttr<CallbackAttr>() && 14362 Context.BuiltinInfo.performsCallback(BuiltinID, Encoding)) 14363 FD->addAttr(CallbackAttr::CreateImplicit( 14364 Context, Encoding.data(), Encoding.size(), FD->getLocation())); 14365 14366 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only thing 14367 // preventing the function from being const. This allows IRgen to use LLVM 14368 // intrinsics for such functions. 14369 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>() && 14370 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) 14371 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14372 14373 // We make "fma" on some platforms const because we know it does not set 14374 // errno in those environments even though it could set errno based on the 14375 // C standard. 14376 const llvm::Triple &Trip = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple(); 14377 if ((Trip.isGNUEnvironment() || Trip.isAndroid() || Trip.isOSMSVCRT()) && 14378 !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) { 14379 switch (BuiltinID) { 14380 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fma: 14381 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaf: 14382 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmal: 14383 case Builtin::BIfma: 14384 case Builtin::BIfmaf: 14385 case Builtin::BIfmal: 14386 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14387 break; 14388 default: 14389 break; 14390 } 14391 } 14392 14393 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 14394 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 14395 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 14396 FD->getLocation())); 14397 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 14398 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14399 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 14400 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14401 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 14402 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14403 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 14404 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 14405 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 14406 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 14407 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 14408 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 14409 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 14410 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14411 else 14412 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14413 } 14414 } 14415 14416 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 14417 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 14418 // across. 14419 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 14420 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 14421 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 14422 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 14423 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14424 } 14425 14426 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 14427 if (!Name) 14428 return; 14429 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14430 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 14431 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 14432 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 14433 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 14434 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 14435 // about. 14436 } else 14437 return; 14438 14439 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 14440 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 14441 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 14442 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 14443 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 14444 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 14445 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 14446 FD->getLocation())); 14447 } 14448 14449 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 14450 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 14451 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 14452 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 14453 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD), 14454 FD->getLocation())); 14455 } 14456 } 14457 14458 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 14459 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 14460 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 14461 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 14462 14463 if (!TInfo) { 14464 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 14465 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 14466 } 14467 14468 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 14469 TypedefDecl *NewTD = 14470 TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, D.getBeginLoc(), 14471 D.getIdentifierLoc(), D.getIdentifier(), TInfo); 14472 14473 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 14474 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 14475 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 14476 return NewTD; 14477 } 14478 14479 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 14480 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 14481 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 14482 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 14483 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 14484 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 14485 else 14486 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 14487 } 14488 14489 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 14490 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 14491 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 14492 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 14493 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 14494 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 14495 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 14496 case TST_enum: 14497 case TST_struct: 14498 case TST_interface: 14499 case TST_union: 14500 case TST_class: { 14501 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 14502 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 14503 break; 14504 } 14505 14506 default: 14507 break; 14508 } 14509 14510 return NewTD; 14511 } 14512 14513 /// Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 14514 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 14515 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 14516 QualType T = TI->getType(); 14517 14518 if (T->isDependentType()) 14519 return false; 14520 14521 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 14522 if (BT->isInteger()) 14523 return false; 14524 14525 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 14526 return true; 14527 } 14528 14529 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 14530 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 14531 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 14532 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed, 14533 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 14534 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 14535 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 14536 << Prev->isScoped(); 14537 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14538 return true; 14539 } 14540 14541 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 14542 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 14543 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 14544 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 14545 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 14546 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 14547 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 14548 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 14549 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 14550 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 14551 return true; 14552 } 14553 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 14554 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 14555 << Prev->isFixed(); 14556 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14557 return true; 14558 } 14559 14560 return false; 14561 } 14562 14563 /// Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 14564 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 14565 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 14566 /// 14567 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 14568 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 14569 switch (Tag) { 14570 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 14571 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 14572 case TTK_Class: return 2; 14573 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 14574 } 14575 } 14576 14577 /// Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 14578 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 14579 /// 14580 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 14581 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 14582 { 14583 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 14584 } 14585 14586 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, 14587 TagTypeKind TTK) { 14588 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14589 return NTK_Typedef; 14590 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14591 return NTK_TypeAlias; 14592 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14593 return NTK_Template; 14594 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14595 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 14596 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14597 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 14598 switch (TTK) { 14599 case TTK_Struct: 14600 case TTK_Interface: 14601 case TTK_Class: 14602 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; 14603 case TTK_Union: 14604 return NTK_NonUnion; 14605 case TTK_Enum: 14606 return NTK_NonEnum; 14607 } 14608 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); 14609 } 14610 14611 /// Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 14612 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 14613 /// 14614 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 14615 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 14616 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 14617 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 14618 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 14619 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 14620 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 14621 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 14622 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 14623 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 14624 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 14625 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 14626 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 14627 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 14628 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 14629 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 14630 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 14631 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 14632 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 14633 if (OldTag != NewTag && 14634 !(isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))) 14635 return false; 14636 14637 // Tags are compatible, but we might still want to warn on mismatched tags. 14638 // Non-class tags can't be mismatched at this point. 14639 if (!isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 14640 return true; 14641 14642 // Declarations for which -Wmismatched-tags is disabled are entirely ignored 14643 // by our warning analysis. We don't want to warn about mismatches with (eg) 14644 // declarations in system headers that are designed to be specialized, but if 14645 // a user asks us to warn, we should warn if their code contains mismatched 14646 // declarations. 14647 auto IsIgnoredLoc = [&](SourceLocation Loc) { 14648 return getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch, 14649 Loc); 14650 }; 14651 if (IsIgnoredLoc(NewTagLoc)) 14652 return true; 14653 14654 auto IsIgnored = [&](const TagDecl *Tag) { 14655 return IsIgnoredLoc(Tag->getLocation()); 14656 }; 14657 while (IsIgnored(Previous)) { 14658 Previous = Previous->getPreviousDecl(); 14659 if (!Previous) 14660 return true; 14661 OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 14662 } 14663 14664 bool isTemplate = false; 14665 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 14666 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 14667 14668 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) { 14669 if (OldTag != NewTag) { 14670 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 14671 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 14672 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 14673 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 14674 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 14675 // FIXME: Note previous location? 14676 } 14677 return true; 14678 } 14679 14680 if (isDefinition) { 14681 // On definitions, check all previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 14682 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 14683 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 14684 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 14685 return true; 14686 } 14687 14688 bool previousMismatch = false; 14689 for (const TagDecl *I : Previous->redecls()) { 14690 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 14691 // Ignore previous declarations for which the warning was disabled. 14692 if (IsIgnored(I)) 14693 continue; 14694 14695 if (!previousMismatch) { 14696 previousMismatch = true; 14697 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 14698 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 14699 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 14700 } 14701 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 14702 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 14703 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 14704 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 14705 } 14706 } 14707 return true; 14708 } 14709 14710 // Identify the prevailing tag kind: this is the kind of the definition (if 14711 // there is a non-ignored definition), or otherwise the kind of the prior 14712 // (non-ignored) declaration. 14713 const TagDecl *PrevDef = Previous->getDefinition(); 14714 if (PrevDef && IsIgnored(PrevDef)) 14715 PrevDef = nullptr; 14716 const TagDecl *Redecl = PrevDef ? PrevDef : Previous; 14717 if (Redecl->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 14718 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 14719 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 14720 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 14721 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 14722 14723 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 14724 if (PrevDef) { 14725 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 14726 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 14727 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 14728 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 14729 } 14730 } 14731 14732 return true; 14733 } 14734 14735 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 14736 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 14737 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 14738 /// namespace N { 14739 /// struct X; 14740 /// namespace M { 14741 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 14742 /// } 14743 /// } 14744 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 14745 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14746 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 14747 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 14748 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 14749 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 14750 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 14751 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 14752 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 14753 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 14754 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 14755 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 14756 return FixItHint(); 14757 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 14758 Namespaces.push_back(II); 14759 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 14760 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 14761 if (Lookup == Namespace) 14762 break; 14763 } 14764 14765 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 14766 // build an NNS. 14767 SmallString<64> Insertion; 14768 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 14769 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 14770 OS << "::"; 14771 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 14772 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 14773 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 14774 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 14775 } 14776 14777 /// Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 14778 /// be redeclared with an unqualified name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 14779 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 14780 /// using-declaration). 14781 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 14782 DeclContext *NewDC) { 14783 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 14784 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 14785 14786 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 14787 return true; 14788 14789 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 14790 // encloses the other). 14791 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 14792 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 14793 return true; 14794 14795 return false; 14796 } 14797 14798 /// This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 14799 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 14800 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 14801 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 14802 /// 14803 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 14804 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 14805 /// 14806 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 14807 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 14808 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 14809 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 14810 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 14811 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, AccessSpecifier AS, 14812 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 14813 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 14814 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 14815 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 14816 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType, 14817 bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, 14818 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 14819 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 14820 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 14821 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 14822 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 14823 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 14824 14825 OwnedDecl = false; 14826 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 14827 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 14828 14829 // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully. 14830 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 14831 bool Invalid = false; 14832 14833 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 14834 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 14835 // for non-C++ cases. 14836 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 14837 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 14838 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 14839 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 14840 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 14841 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) { 14842 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 14843 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 14844 return nullptr; 14845 } 14846 14847 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 14848 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 14849 // be a member of another template). 14850 14851 if (Invalid) 14852 return nullptr; 14853 14854 OwnedDecl = false; 14855 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate( 14856 S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, SS, Name, NameLoc, Attrs, TemplateParams, 14857 AS, ModulePrivateLoc, 14858 /*FriendLoc*/ SourceLocation(), TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 14859 TemplateParameterLists.data(), SkipBody); 14860 return Result.get(); 14861 } else { 14862 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 14863 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 14864 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 14865 isMemberSpecialization = true; 14866 } 14867 } 14868 } 14869 14870 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 14871 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 14872 // redeclaration. 14873 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 14874 bool IsFixed = !UnderlyingType.isUnset() || ScopedEnum; 14875 14876 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 14877 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) { 14878 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 14879 // type, default to int. 14880 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 14881 } else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 14882 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 14883 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 14884 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 14885 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 14886 EnumUnderlying = TI; 14887 14888 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 14889 // Recover by falling back to int. 14890 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 14891 14892 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 14893 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 14894 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 14895 14896 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) { 14897 // For MSVC ABI compatibility, unfixed enums must use an underlying type 14898 // of 'int'. However, if this is an unfixed forward declaration, don't set 14899 // the underlying type unless the user enables -fms-compatibility. This 14900 // makes unfixed forward declared enums incomplete and is more conforming. 14901 if (TUK == TUK_Definition || getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 14902 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 14903 } 14904 } 14905 14906 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 14907 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 14908 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 14909 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 14910 14911 RedeclarationKind Redecl = forRedeclarationInCurContext(); 14912 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 14913 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 14914 14915 /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C 14916 /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl 14917 /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed. 14918 auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * { 14919 assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage"); 14920 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 14921 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 14922 // keyword. 14923 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 14924 TagDecl *New = nullptr; 14925 14926 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 14927 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr, 14928 ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); 14929 // If this is an undefined enum, bail. 14930 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) 14931 return nullptr; 14932 if (EnumUnderlying) { 14933 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 14934 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>()) 14935 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 14936 else 14937 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0)); 14938 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 14939 } 14940 } else { // struct/union 14941 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 14942 nullptr); 14943 } 14944 14945 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 14946 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked 14947 // when the ASTContext lays out the structure. 14948 // 14949 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 14950 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 14951 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 14952 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 14953 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 14954 // parsing of the struct). 14955 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) { 14956 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 14957 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 14958 } 14959 } 14960 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 14961 return New; 14962 }; 14963 14964 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 14965 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 14966 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 14967 14968 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 14969 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 14970 Name = nullptr; 14971 goto CreateNewDecl; 14972 } 14973 14974 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 14975 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 14976 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 14977 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 14978 if (!DC) { 14979 IsDependent = true; 14980 return nullptr; 14981 } 14982 } else { 14983 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 14984 if (!DC) { 14985 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 14986 << SS.getRange(); 14987 return nullptr; 14988 } 14989 } 14990 14991 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 14992 return nullptr; 14993 14994 SearchDC = DC; 14995 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 14996 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 14997 14998 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 14999 return nullptr; 15000 15001 if (Previous.empty()) { 15002 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 15003 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 15004 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 15005 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 15006 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 15007 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 15008 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 15009 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 15010 IsDependent = true; 15011 return nullptr; 15012 } 15013 15014 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 15015 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 15016 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 15017 Name = nullptr; 15018 Invalid = true; 15019 goto CreateNewDecl; 15020 } 15021 } else if (Name) { 15022 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 15023 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 15024 // name different from T: 15025 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 15026 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 15027 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 15028 return nullptr; 15029 15030 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 15031 // declaration or definition. 15032 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 15033 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 15034 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 15035 LookupName(Previous, S); 15036 15037 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 15038 // by types using'ed into this scope. 15039 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 15040 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 15041 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 15042 while (F.hasNext()) { 15043 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 15044 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 15045 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 15046 F.erase(); 15047 } 15048 F.done(); 15049 } 15050 15051 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 15052 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 15053 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 15054 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 15055 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 15056 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 15057 // 15058 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 15059 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 15060 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 15061 // 15062 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 15063 // semantic context? 15064 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 15065 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 15066 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 15067 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 15068 while (F.hasNext()) { 15069 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 15070 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 15071 if (DC->isFileContext() && 15072 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 15073 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 15074 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 15075 else 15076 F.erase(); 15077 } 15078 } 15079 F.done(); 15080 15081 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 15082 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 15083 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 15084 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 15085 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 15086 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 15087 } 15088 } 15089 15090 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 15091 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 15092 return nullptr; 15093 15094 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 15095 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 15096 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 15097 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 15098 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 15099 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 15100 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 15101 } 15102 } 15103 15104 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 15105 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 15106 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 15107 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 15108 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 15109 Previous.clear(); 15110 } 15111 15112 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 15113 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 15114 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 15115 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 15116 isStdBadAlloc = true; 15117 15118 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 15119 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 15120 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 15121 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 15122 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 15123 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 15124 isStdAlignValT = true; 15125 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 15126 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 15127 } 15128 } 15129 15130 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 15131 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 15132 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 15133 // there's a shadow friend decl. 15134 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 15135 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) { 15136 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 15137 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 15138 15139 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) { 15140 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 15141 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 15142 // 15143 // class-key identifier 15144 // 15145 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 15146 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 15147 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 15148 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 15149 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 15150 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 15151 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 15152 // declaration. 15153 // 15154 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 15155 // C structs and unions. 15156 // 15157 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 15158 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 15159 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 15160 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 15161 // 15162 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 15163 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 15164 // 15165 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 15166 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 15167 // lexical context, 15168 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 15169 15170 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 15171 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 15172 } else { 15173 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 15174 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 15175 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 15176 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 15177 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 15178 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 15179 } 15180 15181 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 15182 // diagnose some problems. 15183 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 15184 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 15185 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 15186 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 15187 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15188 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 15189 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 15190 } else { 15191 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 15192 LookupName(Previous, S); 15193 } 15194 } 15195 15196 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 15197 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 15198 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 15199 15200 if (!Previous.empty()) { 15201 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 15202 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 15203 15204 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 15205 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 15206 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 15207 // in C++. 15208 // 15209 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 15210 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 15211 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 15212 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 15213 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15214 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 15215 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 15216 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 15217 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 15218 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 15219 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 15220 PrevDecl = Tag; 15221 Previous.clear(); 15222 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 15223 Previous.resolveKind(); 15224 } 15225 } 15226 } 15227 } 15228 15229 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 15230 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 15231 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 15232 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 15233 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 15234 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 15235 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) && 15236 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 15237 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 15238 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 15239 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 15240 diag::note_using_decl_target); 15241 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 15242 << 0; 15243 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 15244 Previous.clear(); 15245 goto CreateNewDecl; 15246 } 15247 } 15248 15249 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 15250 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 15251 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 15252 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 15253 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 15254 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 15255 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 15256 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 15257 // struct or something similar. 15258 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 15259 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 15260 Name)) { 15261 bool SafeToContinue 15262 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 15263 Kind != TTK_Enum); 15264 if (SafeToContinue) 15265 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 15266 << Name 15267 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 15268 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 15269 else 15270 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 15271 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 15272 15273 if (SafeToContinue) 15274 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 15275 else { 15276 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 15277 Name = nullptr; 15278 Previous.clear(); 15279 Invalid = true; 15280 } 15281 } 15282 15283 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 15284 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 15285 15286 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 15287 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 15288 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 15289 if (ScopedEnum) 15290 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 15291 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 15292 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 15293 return PrevTagDecl; 15294 } 15295 15296 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 15297 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 15298 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 15299 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 15300 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 15301 15302 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 15303 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 15304 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 15305 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 15306 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 15307 IsFixed, PrevEnum)) 15308 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 15309 } 15310 15311 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 15312 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 15313 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 15314 // and then later defined. 15315 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 15316 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 15317 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 15318 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 15319 } 15320 15321 if (!Invalid) { 15322 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 15323 // we have attributes. 15324 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 15325 if (!Attrs.empty()) { 15326 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 15327 // declaration to hold them. 15328 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 15329 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 15330 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 15331 PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) && 15332 SS.isEmpty()) { 15333 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 15334 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 15335 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 15336 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 15337 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 15338 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 15339 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 15340 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 15341 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 15342 return PrevTagDecl; 15343 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 15344 // that scope. 15345 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 15346 } else { 15347 return PrevTagDecl; 15348 } 15349 } 15350 15351 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 15352 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 15353 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 15354 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 15355 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 15356 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 15357 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 15358 if (isMemberSpecialization) { 15359 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 15360 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 15361 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 15362 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 15363 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 15364 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 15365 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 15366 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 15367 } 15368 15369 // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do 15370 // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However, 15371 // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in 15372 // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89). 15373 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 15374 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 15375 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 15376 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 15377 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 15378 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 15379 // use it in place of this one. 15380 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15381 // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we 15382 // complete parsing the new one and do the structural 15383 // comparison. 15384 SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true; 15385 SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl(); 15386 SkipBody->Previous = Def; 15387 return Def; 15388 } else { 15389 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 15390 SkipBody->Previous = Def; 15391 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 15392 // Carry on and handle it like a normal definition. We'll 15393 // skip starting the definitiion later. 15394 } 15395 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 15396 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 15397 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 15398 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 15399 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 15400 else 15401 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 15402 notePreviousDefinition(Def, 15403 NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc); 15404 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 15405 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 15406 // references get the previous definition. 15407 Name = nullptr; 15408 Previous.clear(); 15409 Invalid = true; 15410 } 15411 } else { 15412 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 15413 // about a nested redefinition. 15414 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 15415 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 15416 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 15417 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 15418 diag::note_previous_definition); 15419 Name = nullptr; 15420 Previous.clear(); 15421 Invalid = true; 15422 } 15423 } 15424 15425 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 15426 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 15427 } 15428 15429 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 15430 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 15431 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 15432 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 15433 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 15434 AS = AS_none; 15435 } 15436 } 15437 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 15438 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 15439 15440 } else { 15441 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 15442 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 15443 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 15444 // have distinct types. 15445 Previous.clear(); 15446 } 15447 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 15448 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 15449 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 15450 15451 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 15452 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 15453 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 15454 } else { 15455 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 15456 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 15457 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 15458 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 15459 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 15460 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 15461 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK 15462 << Kind; 15463 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 15464 Invalid = true; 15465 15466 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 15467 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 15468 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 15469 // do nothing 15470 15471 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 15472 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 15473 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 15474 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 15475 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 15476 Invalid = true; 15477 15478 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 15479 // case here. 15480 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 15481 unsigned Kind = 0; 15482 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 15483 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 15484 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 15485 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 15486 Invalid = true; 15487 15488 // Otherwise, diagnose. 15489 } else { 15490 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 15491 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 15492 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 15493 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc); 15494 Name = nullptr; 15495 Invalid = true; 15496 } 15497 15498 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 15499 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 15500 Previous.clear(); 15501 } 15502 } 15503 15504 CreateNewDecl: 15505 15506 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 15507 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 15508 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 15509 15510 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 15511 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 15512 // keyword. 15513 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 15514 15515 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 15516 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 15517 // PrevDecl. 15518 TagDecl *New; 15519 15520 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 15521 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 15522 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 15523 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 15524 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 15525 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); 15526 15527 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 15528 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 15529 15530 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 15531 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 15532 TagDecl *Def; 15533 if (IsFixed && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 15534 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 15535 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 15536 } 15537 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 15538 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 15539 << New; 15540 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 15541 } else { 15542 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 15543 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 15544 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 15545 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15546 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 15547 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 15548 } 15549 } 15550 15551 if (EnumUnderlying) { 15552 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 15553 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 15554 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 15555 else 15556 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 15557 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 15558 assert(ED->isComplete() && "enum with type should be complete"); 15559 } 15560 } else { 15561 // struct/union/class 15562 15563 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 15564 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 15565 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15566 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 15567 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 15568 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 15569 15570 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 15571 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 15572 } else 15573 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 15574 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 15575 } 15576 15577 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 15578 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 15579 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) && 15580 TUK == TUK_Definition) { 15581 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 15582 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 15583 Invalid = true; 15584 } 15585 15586 if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK == TUK_Definition && 15587 DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) { 15588 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum) 15589 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 15590 Invalid = true; 15591 } 15592 15593 // Maybe add qualifier info. 15594 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 15595 if (SS.isSet()) { 15596 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 15597 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. 15598 if ((TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 15599 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc, 15600 isMemberSpecialization)) 15601 Invalid = true; 15602 15603 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 15604 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 15605 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 15606 } 15607 } 15608 else 15609 Invalid = true; 15610 } 15611 15612 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 15613 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 15614 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 15615 // 15616 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 15617 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 15618 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 15619 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 15620 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 15621 // parsing of the struct). 15622 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) { 15623 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 15624 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 15625 } 15626 } 15627 15628 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 15629 if (isMemberSpecialization) 15630 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 15631 << 2 15632 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 15633 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 15634 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 15635 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 15636 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 15637 New->setModulePrivate(); 15638 } 15639 15640 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 15641 // check the specialization. 15642 if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 15643 Invalid = true; 15644 15645 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 15646 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 15647 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 15648 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 15649 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 15650 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15651 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 15652 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 15653 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 15654 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 15655 << Name; 15656 Invalid = true; 15657 } 15658 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 15659 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 15660 } 15661 } 15662 15663 if (Invalid) 15664 New->setInvalidDecl(); 15665 15666 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 15667 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 15668 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 15669 15670 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 15671 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 15672 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 15673 // the tag name visible. 15674 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 15675 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 15676 15677 // Set the access specifier. 15678 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 15679 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 15680 15681 if (PrevDecl) 15682 CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, PrevDecl); 15683 15684 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) 15685 New->startDefinition(); 15686 15687 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs); 15688 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 15689 15690 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 15691 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 15692 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 15693 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 15694 if (PrevDecl) 15695 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 15696 15697 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 15698 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 15699 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 15700 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 15701 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 15702 } else if (Name) { 15703 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 15704 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, true); 15705 } else { 15706 CurContext->addDecl(New); 15707 } 15708 15709 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 15710 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 15711 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 15712 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 15713 II->isStr("FILE")) 15714 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 15715 15716 if (PrevDecl) 15717 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 15718 15719 if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New)) 15720 inferGslOwnerPointerAttribute(CXXRD); 15721 15722 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 15723 // record. 15724 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 15725 15726 if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl()) 15727 CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous); 15728 15729 OwnedDecl = true; 15730 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 15731 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 15732 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15733 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 15734 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 15735 RD->completeDefinition(); 15736 return nullptr; 15737 } else if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) { 15738 return SkipBody->Previous; 15739 } else { 15740 return New; 15741 } 15742 } 15743 15744 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 15745 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 15746 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 15747 15748 // Enter the tag context. 15749 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 15750 15751 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 15752 15753 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 15754 // record. 15755 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 15756 } 15757 15758 bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, 15759 SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) { 15760 if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New)) 15761 return false; 15762 15763 // Make the previous decl visible. 15764 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous); 15765 return true; 15766 } 15767 15768 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 15769 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 15770 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 15771 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 15772 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 15773 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 15774 CurContext = OCD; 15775 return IDecl; 15776 } 15777 15778 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 15779 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 15780 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 15781 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 15782 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 15783 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 15784 15785 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 15786 15787 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 15788 return; 15789 15790 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 15791 Record->addAttr(FinalAttr::Create( 15792 Context, FinalLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword, 15793 static_cast<FinalAttr::Spelling>(IsFinalSpelledSealed))); 15794 15795 // C++ [class]p2: 15796 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 15797 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 15798 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 15799 // as if it were a public member name. 15800 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = CXXRecordDecl::Create( 15801 Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, Record->getBeginLoc(), 15802 Record->getLocation(), Record->getIdentifier(), 15803 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 15804 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 15805 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 15806 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 15807 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 15808 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 15809 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 15810 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 15811 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 15812 "Broken injected-class-name"); 15813 } 15814 15815 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 15816 SourceRange BraceRange) { 15817 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 15818 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 15819 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 15820 15821 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 15822 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 15823 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 15824 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 15825 RD->completeDefinition(); 15826 } 15827 15828 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 15829 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 15830 } 15831 15832 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 15833 PopDeclContext(); 15834 15835 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 15836 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 15837 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 15838 15839 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 15840 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 15841 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 15842 } 15843 15844 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 15845 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 15846 PopDeclContext(); 15847 } 15848 15849 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 15850 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 15851 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 15852 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 15853 } 15854 15855 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 15856 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 15857 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 15858 } 15859 15860 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 15861 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 15862 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 15863 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 15864 15865 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 15866 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 15867 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 15868 RD->completeDefinition(); 15869 } 15870 15871 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 15872 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 15873 // the FieldCollector. 15874 15875 PopDeclContext(); 15876 } 15877 15878 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 15879 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 15880 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 15881 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 15882 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 15883 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 15884 if (ZeroWidth) 15885 *ZeroWidth = true; 15886 15887 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 15888 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 15889 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 15890 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 15891 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 15892 return ExprError(); 15893 if (FieldName) 15894 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 15895 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 15896 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 15897 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 15898 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 15899 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 15900 return ExprError(); 15901 15902 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 15903 // it now. 15904 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 15905 return BitWidth; 15906 15907 llvm::APSInt Value; 15908 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 15909 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 15910 return ICE; 15911 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 15912 15913 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 15914 *ZeroWidth = false; 15915 15916 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 15917 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 15918 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 15919 15920 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 15921 if (FieldName) 15922 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 15923 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 15924 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 15925 << Value.toString(10); 15926 } 15927 15928 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 15929 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 15930 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 15931 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 15932 15933 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 15934 // ABI. 15935 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 15936 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 15937 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 15938 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 15939 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 15940 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 15941 unsigned DiagWidth = 15942 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 15943 if (FieldName) 15944 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15945 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 15946 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 15947 15948 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15949 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 15950 << DiagWidth; 15951 } 15952 15953 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 15954 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 15955 // 'bool'. 15956 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 15957 if (FieldName) 15958 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15959 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 15960 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 15961 else 15962 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15963 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 15964 } 15965 } 15966 15967 return BitWidth; 15968 } 15969 15970 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 15971 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 15972 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 15973 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 15974 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 15975 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 15976 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 15977 return Res; 15978 } 15979 15980 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 15981 /// 15982 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 15983 SourceLocation DeclStart, 15984 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 15985 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 15986 AccessSpecifier AS) { 15987 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 15988 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 15989 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 15990 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 15991 return nullptr; 15992 } 15993 15994 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 15995 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 15996 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 15997 15998 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 15999 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 16000 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16001 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 16002 16003 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 16004 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 16005 D.setInvalidType(); 16006 T = Context.IntTy; 16007 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 16008 } 16009 } 16010 16011 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 16012 16013 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 16014 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 16015 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 16016 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 16017 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 16018 diag::err_invalid_thread) 16019 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 16020 16021 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 16022 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 16023 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 16024 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 16025 LookupName(Previous, S); 16026 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 16027 case LookupResult::Found: 16028 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 16029 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 16030 break; 16031 16032 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 16033 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 16034 break; 16035 16036 case LookupResult::NotFound: 16037 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 16038 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 16039 break; 16040 } 16041 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 16042 16043 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 16044 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 16045 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 16046 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 16047 PrevDecl = nullptr; 16048 } 16049 16050 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 16051 PrevDecl = nullptr; 16052 16053 bool Mutable 16054 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 16055 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getBeginLoc(); 16056 FieldDecl *NewFD 16057 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 16058 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 16059 16060 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 16061 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16062 16063 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 16064 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 16065 16066 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 16067 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 16068 // with the same name in the same scope. 16069 } else if (II) { 16070 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 16071 } else 16072 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 16073 16074 return NewFD; 16075 } 16076 16077 /// Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 16078 /// 16079 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 16080 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 16081 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 16082 /// created. 16083 /// 16084 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 16085 /// 16086 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 16087 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 16088 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 16089 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 16090 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 16091 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 16092 SourceLocation TSSL, 16093 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 16094 Declarator *D) { 16095 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 16096 bool InvalidDecl = false; 16097 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 16098 16099 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 16100 // marking this declaration as invalid. 16101 if (T.isNull()) { 16102 InvalidDecl = true; 16103 T = Context.IntTy; 16104 } 16105 16106 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 16107 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 16108 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 16109 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 16110 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16111 InvalidDecl = true; 16112 } else { 16113 NamedDecl *Def; 16114 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 16115 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 16116 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16117 InvalidDecl = true; 16118 } 16119 } 16120 } 16121 16122 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address space 16123 if (T.hasAddressSpace() || T->isDependentAddressSpaceType() || 16124 T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isDependentAddressSpaceType()) { 16125 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 16126 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16127 InvalidDecl = true; 16128 } 16129 16130 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 16131 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 16132 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 16133 if (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || T->isSamplerT() || 16134 T->isBlockPointerType()) { 16135 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 16136 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16137 InvalidDecl = true; 16138 } 16139 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 16140 if (BitWidth) { 16141 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 16142 InvalidDecl = true; 16143 } 16144 } 16145 16146 // Anonymous bit-fields cannot be cv-qualified (CWG 2229). 16147 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !II && BitWidth && 16148 T.hasQualifiers()) { 16149 InvalidDecl = true; 16150 Diag(Loc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_qualifiers); 16151 } 16152 16153 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 16154 // than a variably modified type. 16155 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 16156 bool SizeIsNegative; 16157 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 16158 16159 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 16160 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 16161 SizeIsNegative, 16162 Oversized); 16163 if (FixedTInfo) { 16164 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 16165 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 16166 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 16167 } else { 16168 if (SizeIsNegative) 16169 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 16170 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 16171 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 16172 << Oversized.toString(10); 16173 else 16174 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 16175 InvalidDecl = true; 16176 } 16177 } 16178 16179 // Fields can not have abstract class types 16180 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 16181 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 16182 AbstractFieldType)) 16183 InvalidDecl = true; 16184 16185 bool ZeroWidth = false; 16186 if (InvalidDecl) 16187 BitWidth = nullptr; 16188 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 16189 if (BitWidth) { 16190 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 16191 &ZeroWidth).get(); 16192 if (!BitWidth) { 16193 InvalidDecl = true; 16194 BitWidth = nullptr; 16195 ZeroWidth = false; 16196 } 16197 } 16198 16199 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 16200 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 16201 unsigned DiagID = 0; 16202 if (T->isReferenceType()) 16203 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 16204 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 16205 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 16206 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 16207 16208 if (DiagID) { 16209 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 16210 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 16211 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 16212 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 16213 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 16214 Mutable = false; 16215 InvalidDecl = true; 16216 } 16217 } 16218 } 16219 16220 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 16221 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 16222 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 16223 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 16224 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 16225 16226 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 16227 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 16228 if (InvalidDecl) 16229 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 16230 16231 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 16232 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 16233 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 16234 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 16235 } 16236 16237 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16238 if (Record->isUnion()) { 16239 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 16240 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 16241 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 16242 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 16243 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 16244 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 16245 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 16246 // objects. 16247 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 16248 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 16249 } 16250 } 16251 16252 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 16253 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 16254 // enabled. 16255 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 16256 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 16257 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 16258 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 16259 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 16260 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 16261 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 16262 } 16263 } 16264 } 16265 16266 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 16267 // representation, not a parser representation. 16268 if (D) { 16269 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 16270 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 16271 16272 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 16273 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 16274 } 16275 16276 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 16277 // retainable type. 16278 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 16279 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 16280 16281 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 16282 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 16283 16284 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 16285 return NewFD; 16286 } 16287 16288 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 16289 assert(FD); 16290 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 16291 16292 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 16293 return false; 16294 16295 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 16296 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 16297 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 16298 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 16299 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 16300 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 16301 // copy constructors. 16302 16303 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 16304 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 16305 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 16306 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 16307 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 16308 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 16309 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 16310 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 16311 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 16312 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 16313 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 16314 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 16315 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 16316 member = CXXDestructor; 16317 16318 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 16319 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 16320 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 16321 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 16322 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 16323 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 16324 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 16325 // members unavailable. 16326 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 16327 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 16328 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 16329 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 16330 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 16331 return false; 16332 } 16333 } 16334 16335 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 16336 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 16337 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 16338 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 16339 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 16340 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 16341 } 16342 } 16343 } 16344 16345 return false; 16346 } 16347 16348 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 16349 /// AST enum value. 16350 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 16351 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 16352 switch (ivarVisibility) { 16353 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 16354 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 16355 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 16356 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 16357 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 16358 } 16359 } 16360 16361 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 16362 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 16363 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 16364 SourceLocation DeclStart, 16365 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 16366 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 16367 16368 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 16369 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 16370 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 16371 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 16372 16373 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 16374 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 16375 16376 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 16377 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 16378 16379 if (BitWidth) { 16380 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 16381 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 16382 if (!BitWidth) 16383 D.setInvalidType(); 16384 } else { 16385 // Not a bitfield. 16386 16387 // validate II. 16388 16389 } 16390 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 16391 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 16392 D.setInvalidType(); 16393 } 16394 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 16395 // than a variably modified type. 16396 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 16397 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 16398 D.setInvalidType(); 16399 } 16400 16401 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 16402 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 16403 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 16404 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 16405 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 16406 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 16407 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 16408 return nullptr; 16409 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 16410 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 16411 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16412 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 16413 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 16414 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 16415 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 16416 } 16417 else 16418 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 16419 } else { 16420 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 16421 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16422 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 16423 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 16424 return nullptr; 16425 } 16426 } 16427 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 16428 } 16429 16430 // Construct the decl. 16431 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 16432 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 16433 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 16434 16435 if (II) { 16436 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 16437 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 16438 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 16439 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 16440 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 16441 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 16442 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 16443 } 16444 } 16445 16446 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 16447 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 16448 16449 if (D.isInvalidType()) 16450 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 16451 16452 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 16453 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 16454 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 16455 16456 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 16457 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 16458 16459 if (II) { 16460 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 16461 // these to the interface. 16462 S->AddDecl(NewID); 16463 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 16464 } 16465 16466 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 16467 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 16468 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 16469 16470 return NewID; 16471 } 16472 16473 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 16474 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 16475 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 16476 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 16477 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 16478 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 16479 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 16480 return; 16481 16482 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 16483 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 16484 16485 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) 16486 return; 16487 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 16488 if (!ID) { 16489 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 16490 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 16491 return; 16492 } 16493 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 16494 else 16495 return; 16496 } 16497 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 16498 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 16499 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 16500 16501 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 16502 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 16503 Context.CharTy, 16504 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 16505 DeclLoc), 16506 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 16507 true); 16508 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 16509 } 16510 16511 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 16512 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 16513 SourceLocation RBrac, 16514 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { 16515 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 16516 16517 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 16518 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 16519 // it will now change. 16520 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16521 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 16522 switch (DC->getKind()) { 16523 default: break; 16524 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 16525 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 16526 break; 16527 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 16528 Context. 16529 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 16530 break; 16531 } 16532 } 16533 16534 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 16535 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 16536 16537 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 16538 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 16539 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 16540 if (Record) { 16541 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 16542 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 16543 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 16544 ++NumNamedMembers; 16545 } 16546 } 16547 16548 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 16549 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 16550 16551 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 16552 i != end; ++i) { 16553 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 16554 16555 // Get the type for the field. 16556 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 16557 16558 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 16559 // Remember all fields written by the user. 16560 RecFields.push_back(FD); 16561 } 16562 16563 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 16564 // diagnostics about it. 16565 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 16566 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 16567 continue; 16568 } 16569 16570 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 16571 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 16572 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 16573 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 16574 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 16575 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 16576 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 16577 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 16578 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 16579 // array. 16580 bool IsLastField = (i + 1 == Fields.end()); 16581 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 16582 // Field declared as a function. 16583 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 16584 << FD->getDeclName(); 16585 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 16586 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 16587 continue; 16588 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && 16589 (Record || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl))) { 16590 if (Record) { 16591 // Flexible array member. 16592 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 16593 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 16594 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 16595 unsigned DiagID = 0; 16596 if (!Record->isUnion() && !IsLastField) { 16597 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end) 16598 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType() << Record->getTagKind(); 16599 Diag((*(i + 1))->getLocation(), diag::note_next_field_declaration); 16600 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 16601 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 16602 continue; 16603 } else if (Record->isUnion()) 16604 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 16605 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 16606 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 16607 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 16608 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 16609 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 16610 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 16611 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 16612 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 16613 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 16614 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 16615 16616 if (DiagID) 16617 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 16618 << Record->getTagKind(); 16619 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 16620 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 16621 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 16622 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 16623 // of the type. 16624 if (CXXRecord && CXXRecord->getNumVBases() != 0) 16625 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 16626 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 16627 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 16628 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 16629 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 16630 16631 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 16632 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 16633 // 16634 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 16635 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 16636 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 16637 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 16638 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 16639 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 16640 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 16641 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 16642 continue; 16643 } 16644 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 16645 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 16646 } else { 16647 // In ObjCContainerDecl ivars with incomplete array type are accepted, 16648 // unless they are followed by another ivar. That check is done 16649 // elsewhere, after synthesized ivars are known. 16650 } 16651 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 16652 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 16653 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 16654 // Incomplete type 16655 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 16656 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 16657 continue; 16658 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 16659 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 16660 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 16661 // flexible array member. 16662 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 16663 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 16664 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 16665 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 16666 // structures. 16667 if (!IsLastField) 16668 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 16669 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 16670 else { 16671 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 16672 // other structs as an extension. 16673 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 16674 << FD->getDeclName(); 16675 } 16676 } 16677 } 16678 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 16679 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 16680 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 16681 AbstractIvarType)) { 16682 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 16683 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 16684 } 16685 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 16686 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 16687 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 16688 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 16689 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 16690 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 16691 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 16692 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 16693 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 16694 FD->setType(T); 16695 } else if (Record && Record->isUnion() && 16696 FD->getType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() && 16697 getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(FD->getLocation()) && 16698 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() && 16699 (FD->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 16700 !Context.hasDirectOwnershipQualifier(FD->getType()))) { 16701 // For backward compatibility, fields of C unions declared in system 16702 // headers that have non-trivial ObjC ownership qualifications are marked 16703 // as unavailable unless the qualifier is explicit and __strong. This can 16704 // break ABI compatibility between programs compiled with ARC and MRR, but 16705 // is a better option than rejecting programs using those unions under 16706 // ARC. 16707 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit( 16708 Context, "", UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, 16709 FD->getLocation())); 16710 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC && 16711 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 16712 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 16713 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 16714 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 16715 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 16716 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 16717 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 16718 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 16719 BaseType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 16720 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 16721 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 16722 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 16723 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 16724 } 16725 } 16726 16727 if (Record && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 16728 !shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) { 16729 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 16730 if (FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize()) { 16731 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize(true); 16732 if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 16733 Record->isUnion()) 16734 Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(true); 16735 } 16736 QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK = FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(); 16737 if (PCK != QualType::PCK_Trivial && PCK != QualType::PCK_VolatileTrivial) { 16738 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(true); 16739 if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() || Record->isUnion()) 16740 Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(true); 16741 } 16742 if (FT.isDestructedType()) { 16743 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy(true); 16744 Record->setParamDestroyedInCallee(true); 16745 if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || Record->isUnion()) 16746 Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(true); 16747 } 16748 16749 if (const auto *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>()) { 16750 if (RT->getDecl()->getArgPassingRestrictions() == 16751 RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs) 16752 Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); 16753 } else if (FT.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) 16754 Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); 16755 } 16756 16757 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 16758 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 16759 // Keep track of the number of named members. 16760 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 16761 ++NumNamedMembers; 16762 } 16763 16764 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 16765 if (Record) { 16766 bool Completed = false; 16767 if (CXXRecord) { 16768 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 16769 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 16770 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 16771 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 16772 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 16773 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 16774 } 16775 16776 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 16777 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 16778 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 16779 16780 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 16781 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 16782 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 16783 // problem now. 16784 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 16785 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 16786 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 16787 16788 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 16789 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 16790 M != MEnd; ++M) { 16791 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 16792 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 16793 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 16794 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 16795 "Virtual function without overriding functions?"); 16796 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 16797 continue; 16798 16799 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 16800 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 16801 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 16802 // program is ill-formed. 16803 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 16804 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 16805 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 16806 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 16807 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 16808 OM = SO->second.begin(), 16809 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 16810 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 16811 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 16812 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 16813 16814 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16815 } 16816 } 16817 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 16818 Completed = true; 16819 } 16820 } 16821 } 16822 } 16823 16824 if (!Completed) 16825 Record->completeDefinition(); 16826 16827 // Handle attributes before checking the layout. 16828 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attrs); 16829 16830 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 16831 if (CXXRecord) { 16832 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 16833 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 16834 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) { 16835 CXXRecord->setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted(); 16836 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 16837 } 16838 } 16839 16840 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 16841 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 16842 16843 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 16844 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 16845 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 16846 IA->getInheritanceModel()); 16847 } 16848 16849 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 16850 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 16851 // compatibility problems. 16852 bool CheckForZeroSize; 16853 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16854 CheckForZeroSize = true; 16855 } else { 16856 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 16857 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 16858 CheckForZeroSize = 16859 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 16860 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 16861 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 16862 } 16863 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 16864 bool ZeroSize = true; 16865 bool IsEmpty = true; 16866 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 16867 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 16868 E = Record->field_end(); 16869 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 16870 IsEmpty = false; 16871 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 16872 if (!I->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) 16873 ZeroSize = false; 16874 } else { 16875 ++NonBitFields; 16876 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 16877 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 16878 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 16879 ZeroSize = false; 16880 } 16881 } 16882 16883 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 16884 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 16885 // extern "C" block. 16886 if (ZeroSize) { 16887 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 16888 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 16889 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 16890 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 16891 } 16892 16893 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 16894 // but are accepted by GCC. 16895 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16896 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 16897 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 16898 << Record->isUnion(); 16899 } 16900 } 16901 } else { 16902 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 16903 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 16904 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16905 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 16906 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 16907 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 16908 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 16909 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 16910 } 16911 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 16912 // duplicates. 16913 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 16914 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 16915 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 16916 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16917 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 16918 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 16919 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 16920 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 16921 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 16922 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 16923 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 16924 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 16925 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 16926 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16927 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 16928 // reported as errors elsewhere. 16929 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 16930 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 16931 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 16932 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 16933 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 16934 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 16935 if (IDecl) { 16936 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 16937 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 16938 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 16939 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 16940 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 16941 continue; 16942 } 16943 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 16944 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 16945 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 16946 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 16947 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 16948 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 16949 continue; 16950 } 16951 } 16952 } 16953 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 16954 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 16955 } 16956 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 16957 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 16958 } 16959 } 16960 } 16961 16962 /// Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 16963 /// the given type T. 16964 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 16965 llvm::APSInt &Value, 16966 QualType T) { 16967 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || T->isEnumeralType()) && 16968 "Integral type required!"); 16969 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 16970 16971 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 16972 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 16973 --BitWidth; 16974 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 16975 } 16976 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 16977 } 16978 16979 // Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 16980 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 16981 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 16982 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 16983 // enum checking below. 16984 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || 16985 T->isEnumeralType()) && "Integral type required!"); 16986 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 16987 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 16988 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 16989 }; 16990 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 16991 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 16992 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 16993 }; 16994 16995 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 16996 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 16997 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 16998 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 16999 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 17000 return Types[I]; 17001 17002 return QualType(); 17003 } 17004 17005 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 17006 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 17007 SourceLocation IdLoc, 17008 IdentifierInfo *Id, 17009 Expr *Val) { 17010 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 17011 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 17012 QualType EltTy; 17013 17014 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 17015 Val = nullptr; 17016 17017 if (Val) 17018 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 17019 17020 if (Val) { 17021 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 17022 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 17023 else { 17024 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed()) { 17025 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 17026 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 17027 // constant expression of the underlying type. 17028 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 17029 ExprResult Converted = 17030 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 17031 CCEK_Enumerator); 17032 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 17033 Val = nullptr; 17034 else 17035 Val = Converted.get(); 17036 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 17037 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 17038 &EnumVal).get())) { 17039 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 17040 } else { 17041 if (Enum->isComplete()) { 17042 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 17043 17044 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 17045 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 17046 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 17047 // expression checking. 17048 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 17049 if (Context.getTargetInfo() 17050 .getTriple() 17051 .isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) { 17052 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 17053 } else { 17054 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 17055 } 17056 } 17057 17058 // Cast to the underlying type. 17059 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 17060 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? CK_IntegralToBoolean 17061 : CK_IntegralCast) 17062 .get(); 17063 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 17064 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 17065 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 17066 // is the type of its initializing value: 17067 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 17068 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 17069 EltTy = Val->getType(); 17070 } else { 17071 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 17072 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 17073 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 17074 // representable as an int. 17075 17076 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 17077 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 17078 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 17079 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 17080 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 17081 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 17082 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 17083 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 17084 } 17085 EltTy = Val->getType(); 17086 } 17087 } 17088 } 17089 } 17090 17091 if (!Val) { 17092 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 17093 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 17094 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 17095 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 17096 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 17097 // is the type of its initializing value: 17098 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 17099 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 17100 // 17101 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 17102 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 17103 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 17104 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 17105 } 17106 else { 17107 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 17108 } 17109 } else { 17110 // Assign the last value + 1. 17111 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 17112 ++EnumVal; 17113 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 17114 17115 // Check for overflow on increment. 17116 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 17117 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 17118 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 17119 // is the type of its initializing value: 17120 // 17121 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 17122 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 17123 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 17124 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 17125 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 17126 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 17127 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 17128 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 17129 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 17130 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 17131 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 17132 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 17133 ++EnumVal; 17134 if (Enum->isFixed()) 17135 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 17136 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 17137 << EnumVal.toString(10) 17138 << EltTy; 17139 else 17140 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 17141 << EnumVal.toString(10); 17142 } else { 17143 EltTy = T; 17144 } 17145 17146 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 17147 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 17148 // value, then increment. 17149 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 17150 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 17151 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 17152 ++EnumVal; 17153 17154 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 17155 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 17156 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 17157 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 17158 // integral type. 17159 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 17160 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 17161 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 17162 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 17163 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 17164 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 17165 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 17166 } 17167 } 17168 } 17169 17170 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 17171 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 17172 // enumerator's type. 17173 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 17174 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 17175 } 17176 17177 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 17178 Val, EnumVal); 17179 } 17180 17181 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 17182 SourceLocation IILoc) { 17183 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 17184 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 17185 return SkipBodyInfo(); 17186 17187 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 17188 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 17189 // skip the body. 17190 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 17191 forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 17192 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 17193 if (!PrevECD) 17194 return SkipBodyInfo(); 17195 17196 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 17197 NamedDecl *Hidden; 17198 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 17199 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 17200 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 17201 return Skip; 17202 } 17203 17204 return SkipBodyInfo(); 17205 } 17206 17207 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 17208 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 17209 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, 17210 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 17211 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 17212 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 17213 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 17214 17215 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 17216 // we find one that is. 17217 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 17218 17219 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 17220 // scope. 17221 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, ForVisibleRedeclaration); 17222 LookupName(R, S); 17223 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 17224 17225 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 17226 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 17227 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 17228 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 17229 PrevDecl = nullptr; 17230 } 17231 17232 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 17233 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 17234 // different from T: 17235 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 17236 // enumerated type 17237 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 17238 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 17239 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 17240 17241 EnumConstantDecl *New = 17242 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 17243 if (!New) 17244 return nullptr; 17245 17246 if (PrevDecl) { 17247 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && isa<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 17248 // Check for other kinds of shadowing not already handled. 17249 CheckShadow(New, PrevDecl, R); 17250 } 17251 17252 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 17253 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 17254 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 17255 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 17256 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 17257 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 17258 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 17259 else 17260 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 17261 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc); 17262 return nullptr; 17263 } 17264 } 17265 17266 // Process attributes. 17267 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs); 17268 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 17269 17270 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 17271 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 17272 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 17273 17274 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 17275 17276 return New; 17277 } 17278 17279 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 17280 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 17281 // Element2 = Element1 17282 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 17283 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 17284 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 17285 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 17286 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 17287 if (!InitExpr) 17288 return true; 17289 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 17290 17291 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 17292 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 17293 return true; 17294 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 17295 if (!IL) 17296 return true; 17297 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 17298 return true; 17299 17300 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 17301 } 17302 17303 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 17304 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 17305 if (!DRE) 17306 return true; 17307 17308 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 17309 if (!EnumConstant) 17310 return true; 17311 17312 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 17313 Enum) 17314 return true; 17315 17316 return false; 17317 } 17318 17319 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 17320 // a previous element has already been set to. 17321 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 17322 EnumDecl *Enum, QualType EnumType) { 17323 // Avoid anonymous enums 17324 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 17325 return; 17326 17327 // Only check for small enums. 17328 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 17329 return; 17330 17331 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 17332 return; 17333 17334 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 17335 typedef SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<ECDVector>, 3> DuplicatesVector; 17336 17337 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 17338 typedef std::unordered_map<int64_t, DeclOrVector> ValueToVectorMap; 17339 17340 // Use int64_t as a key to avoid needing special handling for DenseMap keys. 17341 auto EnumConstantToKey = [](const EnumConstantDecl *D) { 17342 llvm::APSInt Val = D->getInitVal(); 17343 return Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(); 17344 }; 17345 17346 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 17347 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 17348 17349 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 17350 // an initializer. 17351 for (auto *Element : Elements) { 17352 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); 17353 17354 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 17355 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 17356 if (!ECD) { 17357 return; 17358 } 17359 17360 // Constants with initalizers are handled in the next loop. 17361 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 17362 continue; 17363 17364 // Duplicate values are handled in the next loop. 17365 EnumMap.insert({EnumConstantToKey(ECD), ECD}); 17366 } 17367 17368 if (EnumMap.size() == 0) 17369 return; 17370 17371 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 17372 for (auto *Element : Elements) { 17373 // The last loop returned if any constant was null. 17374 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); 17375 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 17376 continue; 17377 17378 auto Iter = EnumMap.find(EnumConstantToKey(ECD)); 17379 if (Iter == EnumMap.end()) 17380 continue; 17381 17382 DeclOrVector& Entry = Iter->second; 17383 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 17384 // Ensure constants are different. 17385 if (D == ECD) 17386 continue; 17387 17388 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 17389 auto Vec = std::make_unique<ECDVector>(); 17390 Vec->push_back(D); 17391 Vec->push_back(ECD); 17392 17393 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 17394 Entry = Vec.get(); 17395 17396 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 17397 // diagnostics. 17398 DupVector.emplace_back(std::move(Vec)); 17399 continue; 17400 } 17401 17402 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 17403 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 17404 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 17405 continue; 17406 17407 Vec->push_back(ECD); 17408 } 17409 17410 // Emit diagnostics. 17411 for (const auto &Vec : DupVector) { 17412 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 17413 17414 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 17415 auto *FirstECD = Vec->front(); 17416 S.Diag(FirstECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 17417 << FirstECD << FirstECD->getInitVal().toString(10) 17418 << FirstECD->getSourceRange(); 17419 17420 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 17421 // the same value. 17422 for (auto *ECD : llvm::make_range(Vec->begin() + 1, Vec->end())) 17423 S.Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 17424 << ECD << ECD->getInitVal().toString(10) 17425 << ECD->getSourceRange(); 17426 } 17427 } 17428 17429 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 17430 bool AllowMask) const { 17431 assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum"); 17432 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 17433 17434 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 17435 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 17436 17437 if (R.second) { 17438 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 17439 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 17440 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 17441 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 17442 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 17443 } 17444 } 17445 17446 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 17447 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 17448 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 17449 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 17450 // 17451 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 17452 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 17453 // likely a logic error. 17454 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 17455 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 17456 } 17457 17458 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 17459 Decl *EnumDeclX, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S, 17460 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { 17461 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 17462 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 17463 17464 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attrs); 17465 17466 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 17467 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 17468 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 17469 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 17470 if (!ECD) continue; 17471 17472 ECD->setType(EnumType); 17473 } 17474 17475 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 17476 return; 17477 } 17478 17479 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 17480 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 17481 // emit a warning. 17482 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 17483 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 17484 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 17485 17486 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 17487 // reverse the list. 17488 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 17489 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 17490 17491 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 17492 bool AllElementsInt = true; 17493 17494 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 17495 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 17496 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 17497 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 17498 17499 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 17500 17501 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 17502 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 17503 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 17504 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 17505 else 17506 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 17507 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 17508 17509 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very common). 17510 if (AllElementsInt) 17511 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 17512 } 17513 17514 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 17515 QualType BestType; 17516 unsigned BestWidth; 17517 17518 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 17519 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 17520 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 17521 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 17522 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 17523 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 17524 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 17525 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 17526 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 17527 QualType BestPromotionType; 17528 17529 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 17530 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 17531 // enum definitions. 17532 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 17533 Packed = true; 17534 17535 // If the enum already has a type because it is fixed or dictated by the 17536 // target, promote that type instead of analyzing the enumerators. 17537 if (Enum->isComplete()) { 17538 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 17539 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 17540 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 17541 else 17542 BestPromotionType = BestType; 17543 17544 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 17545 } 17546 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 17547 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 17548 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 17549 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 17550 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 17551 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 17552 BestWidth = CharWidth; 17553 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 17554 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 17555 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 17556 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 17557 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 17558 BestType = Context.IntTy; 17559 BestWidth = IntWidth; 17560 } else { 17561 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 17562 17563 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 17564 BestType = Context.LongTy; 17565 } else { 17566 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 17567 17568 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 17569 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 17570 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 17571 } 17572 } 17573 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 17574 } else { 17575 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 17576 // all of the enumerator values. 17577 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 17578 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 17579 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 17580 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 17581 BestWidth = CharWidth; 17582 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 17583 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 17584 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 17585 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 17586 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 17587 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 17588 BestWidth = IntWidth; 17589 BestPromotionType 17590 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 17591 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 17592 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 17593 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 17594 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 17595 BestPromotionType 17596 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 17597 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 17598 } else { 17599 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 17600 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 17601 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 17602 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 17603 BestPromotionType 17604 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 17605 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 17606 } 17607 } 17608 17609 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 17610 // the type of the enum if needed. 17611 for (auto *D : Elements) { 17612 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 17613 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 17614 17615 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 17616 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 17617 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 17618 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 17619 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 17620 17621 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 17622 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 17623 17624 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 17625 // the enum decl type. 17626 QualType NewTy; 17627 unsigned NewWidth; 17628 bool NewSign; 17629 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 17630 !Enum->isFixed() && 17631 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 17632 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 17633 NewWidth = IntWidth; 17634 NewSign = true; 17635 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 17636 // Already the right type! 17637 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 17638 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 17639 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 17640 // enumeration. 17641 ECD->setType(EnumType); 17642 continue; 17643 } else { 17644 NewTy = BestType; 17645 NewWidth = BestWidth; 17646 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 17647 } 17648 17649 // Adjust the APSInt value. 17650 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 17651 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 17652 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 17653 17654 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 17655 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 17656 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 17657 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 17658 CK_IntegralCast, 17659 ECD->getInitExpr(), 17660 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 17661 VK_RValue)); 17662 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 17663 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 17664 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 17665 // enumeration. 17666 ECD->setType(EnumType); 17667 else 17668 ECD->setType(NewTy); 17669 } 17670 17671 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 17672 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 17673 17674 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 17675 17676 if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) { 17677 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 17678 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 17679 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 17680 17681 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 17682 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 17683 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 17684 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 17685 << ECD << Enum; 17686 } 17687 } 17688 17689 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 17690 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 17691 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 17692 } 17693 17694 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 17695 SourceLocation StartLoc, 17696 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 17697 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 17698 17699 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 17700 AsmString, StartLoc, 17701 EndLoc); 17702 CurContext->addDecl(New); 17703 return New; 17704 } 17705 17706 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 17707 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 17708 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 17709 SourceLocation NameLoc, 17710 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 17711 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 17712 LookupOrdinaryName); 17713 AttributeCommonInfo Info(AliasName, SourceRange(AliasNameLoc), 17714 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma); 17715 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit( 17716 Context, AliasName->getName(), /*LiteralLabel=*/true, Info); 17717 17718 // If a declaration that: 17719 // 1) declares a function or a variable 17720 // 2) has external linkage 17721 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 17722 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 17723 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 17724 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 17725 else 17726 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 17727 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 17728 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 17729 } else 17730 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 17731 } 17732 17733 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 17734 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 17735 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 17736 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 17737 17738 if (PrevDecl) { 17739 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 17740 } else { 17741 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 17742 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 17743 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 17744 } 17745 } 17746 17747 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 17748 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 17749 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 17750 SourceLocation NameLoc, 17751 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 17752 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 17753 LookupOrdinaryName); 17754 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 17755 17756 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 17757 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 17758 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 17759 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 17760 } else { 17761 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 17762 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 17763 } 17764 } 17765 17766 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 17767 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 17768 } 17769 17770 Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus Sema::getEmissionStatus(FunctionDecl *FD) { 17771 // Templates are emitted when they're instantiated. 17772 if (FD->isDependentContext()) 17773 return FunctionEmissionStatus::TemplateDiscarded; 17774 17775 FunctionEmissionStatus OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown; 17776 if (LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice) { 17777 Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy = 17778 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl()); 17779 if (DevTy.hasValue()) { 17780 if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Host) 17781 OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded; 17782 else if (DeviceKnownEmittedFns.count(FD) > 0) 17783 OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted; 17784 } 17785 } else if (LangOpts.OpenMP) { 17786 // In OpenMP 4.5 all the functions are host functions. 17787 if (LangOpts.OpenMP <= 45) { 17788 OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted; 17789 } else { 17790 Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy = 17791 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl()); 17792 // In OpenMP 5.0 or above, DevTy may be changed later by 17793 // #pragma omp declare target to(*) device_type(*). Therefore DevTy 17794 // having no value does not imply host. The emission status will be 17795 // checked again at the end of compilation unit. 17796 if (DevTy.hasValue()) { 17797 if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_NoHost) { 17798 OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded; 17799 } else if (DeviceKnownEmittedFns.count(FD) > 0) { 17800 OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted; 17801 } 17802 } 17803 } 17804 } 17805 if (OMPES == FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded || 17806 (OMPES == FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted && !LangOpts.CUDA)) 17807 return OMPES; 17808 17809 if (LangOpts.CUDA) { 17810 // When compiling for device, host functions are never emitted. Similarly, 17811 // when compiling for host, device and global functions are never emitted. 17812 // (Technically, we do emit a host-side stub for global functions, but this 17813 // doesn't count for our purposes here.) 17814 Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget T = IdentifyCUDATarget(FD); 17815 if (LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && T == Sema::CFT_Host) 17816 return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded; 17817 if (!LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && 17818 (T == Sema::CFT_Device || T == Sema::CFT_Global)) 17819 return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded; 17820 17821 // Check whether this function is externally visible -- if so, it's 17822 // known-emitted. 17823 // 17824 // We have to check the GVA linkage of the function's *definition* -- if we 17825 // only have a declaration, we don't know whether or not the function will 17826 // be emitted, because (say) the definition could include "inline". 17827 FunctionDecl *Def = FD->getDefinition(); 17828 17829 if (Def && 17830 !isDiscardableGVALinkage(getASTContext().GetGVALinkageForFunction(Def)) 17831 && (!LangOpts.OpenMP || OMPES == FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted)) 17832 return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted; 17833 } 17834 17835 // Otherwise, the function is known-emitted if it's in our set of 17836 // known-emitted functions. 17837 return (DeviceKnownEmittedFns.count(FD) > 0) 17838 ? FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted 17839 : FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown; 17840 } 17841 17842 bool Sema::shouldIgnoreInHostDeviceCheck(FunctionDecl *Callee) { 17843 // Host-side references to a __global__ function refer to the stub, so the 17844 // function itself is never emitted and therefore should not be marked. 17845 // If we have host fn calls kernel fn calls host+device, the HD function 17846 // does not get instantiated on the host. We model this by omitting at the 17847 // call to the kernel from the callgraph. This ensures that, when compiling 17848 // for host, only HD functions actually called from the host get marked as 17849 // known-emitted. 17850 return LangOpts.CUDA && !LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && 17851 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee) == CFT_Global; 17852 } 17853